- Manuals
- Brands
- Dell
- Software
- OpenManage Connection
- Command Line Reference Guide
Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.0.1 Software Command Line Reference Guide PDF
Summary of Content for Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.0.1 Software Command Line Reference Guide PDF
Dell EMC OpenManage Deployment Toolkit Version 6.0.1 Command Line Interface Reference Guide
March 2021 Rev. A00
Notes, cautions, and warnings
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your product.
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid
the problem.
WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death.
Copyright 2017 Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. Dell, EMC, and other trademarks are trademarks of Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. Other trademarks may be trademarks of their respective owners.
Chapter 1: Introduction................................................................................................................. 8 DTK Deprecation Message................................................................................................................................................8 What's New In This Release..............................................................................................................................................8 SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands..................................................................................................................... 9 Supported Systems........................................................................................................................................................... 13 Supported operating systems......................................................................................................................................... 13 Toolkit Utilities.................................................................................................................................................................... 13
System Configuration Utility......................................................................................................................................13 RAID Configuration Utility.......................................................................................................................................... 14 RAC Configuration Utility........................................................................................................................................... 14 Disk Partitioning Utility............................................................................................................................................... 14
Replication Of DTK Utilities............................................................................................................................................. 14 File Format..................................................................................................................................................................... 14 SYSCFG Replication Rules......................................................................................................................................... 14 RAID Replication........................................................................................................................................................... 15 RACADM Replication...................................................................................................................................................15
Other Documents You May Need.................................................................................................................................. 15 Accessing support content from the Dell EMC support site.................................................................................. 15 Contacting Dell................................................................................................................................................................... 16
Chapter 2: Command Syntax Overview.........................................................................................17 DTK Utilities General Usage.............................................................................................................................................17 Command Line Syntax...................................................................................................................................................... 18 Case Sensitivity.................................................................................................................................................................. 19 Command Line Option Delimiters...................................................................................................................................19 Other Delimiters................................................................................................................................................................. 19 Read And Write Commands............................................................................................................................................20 File Input And Output Commands................................................................................................................................. 20 Log Files............................................................................................................................................................................... 21 Help Option..........................................................................................................................................................................21 Error Checking And Error Messages............................................................................................................................. 21
Chapter 3: DTK Seamless package...............................................................................................22 Seamless package Downloading and Installing.....................................................................................................22
Chapter 4: SYSCFG..................................................................................................................... 24 Features...............................................................................................................................................................................24 SYSCFG General Options................................................................................................................................................24
No Option...................................................................................................................................................................... 25 envar...............................................................................................................................................................................25 h or help.........................................................................................................................................................................25 i or infile......................................................................................................................................................................... 26 ix or inxmlfile.................................................................................................................................................................26 l or logfile....................................................................................................................................................................... 27
Contents
Contents 3
o or outfile..................................................................................................................................................................... 27 ox or outxmlfile.............................................................................................................................................................27 ovrwrt*.......................................................................................................................................................................... 28 px or pendingxmlfile.................................................................................................................................................... 28 s....................................................................................................................................................................................... 28 version*......................................................................................................................................................................... 28
SYSCFG For BIOS Configuration.................................................................................................................................. 29 SYSCFG BIOS commands......................................................................................................................................... 29 BIOS Option Settings................................................................................................................................................. 40 Boot Settings................................................................................................................................................................43 Integrated Devices...................................................................................................................................................... 45 Network Settings........................................................................................................................................................ 56 Memory Settings......................................................................................................................................................... 60 Miscellaneous Settings.............................................................................................................................................. 65 One-Time Boot.............................................................................................................................................................68 Processor Settings.......................................................................................................................................................71 SATA Settings.............................................................................................................................................................. 83 Serial Communication.................................................................................................................................................96 Slot Disablement..........................................................................................................................................................99 System Information................................................................................................................................................... 100 System Profile Settings............................................................................................................................................102 System Security......................................................................................................................................................... 107 UEFI Boot Settings.....................................................................................................................................................117 DTKTORACADM......................................................................................................................................................... 118 SYSCFG Options On PowerEdge Systems Prior To PowerEdge 12G Systems..........................................122
Sub Options And Arguments For power Option.......................................................................................................128 Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option........................................................................................................... 130 Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option............................................................................................................131 SYSCFG For BMC And Remote Access Controller Configuration.......................................................................132
bmcversion.................................................................................................................................................................. 133 chassistype*............................................................................................................................................................... 133 clearsel*....................................................................................................................................................................... 133 controlpanelaccess.................................................................................................................................................... 134 deviceguid*................................................................................................................................................................. 134 encryptkey................................................................................................................................................................... 134 fiberchannel.................................................................................................................................................................135 floppy............................................................................................................................................................................ 135 formfactor................................................................................................................................................................... 135 hddfailover................................................................................................................................................................... 136 hpcmode...................................................................................................................................................................... 136 htassist......................................................................................................................................................................... 136 idecdrom.......................................................................................................................................................................137 idracgui......................................................................................................................................................................... 137 lpt................................................................................................................................................................................... 137 memdynamicpower....................................................................................................................................................138 memintleave................................................................................................................................................................ 138 memremap................................................................................................................................................................... 138 mouse........................................................................................................................................................................... 139 noraidprompt*............................................................................................................................................................ 139 oldsetuppwd................................................................................................................................................................139
4 Contents
oldsyspwd.................................................................................................................................................................... 140 opticaldrivectrl............................................................................................................................................................140 remflashmedia............................................................................................................................................................. 141 serial1............................................................................................................................................................................. 141 serial2............................................................................................................................................................................142 slotname....................................................................................................................................................................... 142 sma................................................................................................................................................................................ 142 sysrev*......................................................................................................................................................................... 142 usb................................................................................................................................................................................. 143 usbflash........................................................................................................................................................................ 143 vflash.............................................................................................................................................................................143 identify..........................................................................................................................................................................143 idracversion................................................................................................................................................................. 144 kvmstatusonlcd.......................................................................................................................................................... 144 lancfgparams...............................................................................................................................................................145 lanchannelaccess....................................................................................................................................................... 148 lanchannelinfo............................................................................................................................................................. 148 lanuseraccess..............................................................................................................................................................148 lcd1.................................................................................................................................................................................149 lcd2................................................................................................................................................................................ 149 loaddefaults*.............................................................................................................................................................. 149 nextboot.......................................................................................................................................................................150 nmibutton.................................................................................................................................................................... 150 passwordaction........................................................................................................................................................... 151 pefcfgparams...............................................................................................................................................................151 powerbutton................................................................................................................................................................154 powerctl....................................................................................................................................................................... 155 racreset*..................................................................................................................................................................... 155 serialcfgparams.......................................................................................................................................................... 155 serialchannelaccess................................................................................................................................................... 157 serialchannelinfo.........................................................................................................................................................157 serialuseraccess......................................................................................................................................................... 158 solaction....................................................................................................................................................................... 159 solcfgparams...............................................................................................................................................................159 ssninfo.......................................................................................................................................................................... 160 useraction..................................................................................................................................................................... 161 username...................................................................................................................................................................... 161 version*........................................................................................................................................................................162 virutualmedia............................................................................................................................................................... 162
SYSCFG For State Configuration................................................................................................................................ 162 SYSCFG Options For State Configuration...........................................................................................................162
SYSCFG for System Configuration............................................................................................................................. 163 Options For System Configuration........................................................................................................................ 163
SYSCFG For IPv6 Configuration..................................................................................................................................169 PCI Reporting................................................................................................................................................................... 170
Environment Variable File........................................................................................................................................ 170
Chapter 5: RAIDCFG................................................................................................................... 171 Features.............................................................................................................................................................................. 171 Supported RAID Controllers...........................................................................................................................................171
Contents 5
RAIDCFG Options And Arguments.............................................................................................................................. 172 RAID Configuration Utility Options And Arguments................................................................................................ 179
General Help................................................................................................................................................................180 Enumerating RAID Controllers.................................................................................................................................181 Creating Virtual Disks................................................................................................................................................182 Enumerating Array Disks.......................................................................................................................................... 187 Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks...................................................................................................................... 190 Enumerating Virtual Disks........................................................................................................................................190 Deleting Virtual Disks................................................................................................................................................. 191 Increasing Virtual Disk Size..................................................................................................................................... 192 Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk.................................................................................................. 192 Blinking And Unblinking Virtual Disks.................................................................................................................... 193 Setting Virtual Disk Name........................................................................................................................................193 Setting Environment Variables............................................................................................................................... 193 RAID Replication Options.........................................................................................................................................196 Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares....................................................................................197 Importing And Clearing Foreign Configurations................................................................................................. 198 Importing Secured Foreign Configuration............................................................................................................199 Displaying Foreign Key Ids...................................................................................................................................... 200 Creating Encryption Key......................................................................................................................................... 200 Changing Encryption Key........................................................................................................................................200 Deleting Encryption Key...........................................................................................................................................201 Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild..........................................................................................................................201 Configuring Array Disk As RAID ............................................................................................................................202 Configuring Physical Disk State.............................................................................................................................202 Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk........................................................................................................... 203 Consistency check for virtual disk........................................................................................................................ 203 Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk........................................................................................................................... 204 Discarding Preserved Cache.................................................................................................................................. 204 Initializing Virtual Disks............................................................................................................................................ 205 Resetting The Controller.........................................................................................................................................206 Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares...............................................................................206 Setting And Displaying The PCIe Link Speed..................................................................................................... 207 Setting Boot Mode .................................................................................................................................................. 208 Configuring Auto Import ........................................................................................................................................ 208 Miscellaneous Options............................................................................................................................................. 208
Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands...............................................................................................................209
Chapter 6: UPINIT......................................................................................................................212 Features............................................................................................................................................................................. 212 Creating A Partition Using UPINIT.............................................................................................................................. 212 UPINIT Dependencies.....................................................................................................................................................212 UPINIT Options And Arguments.................................................................................................................................. 213
Chapter 7: Messages And Codes................................................................................................ 216 SYSCFG Error Codes And Messages..........................................................................................................................216
Failure Messages........................................................................................................................................................216 Failures And Solutions..............................................................................................................................................223
UPINIT Common Error Codes And Messages..........................................................................................................223
6 Contents
Failure Messages.......................................................................................................................................................223 UPINIT Linux-Specific Error Codes And Messages................................................................................................224 UPINIT Windows PE-Specific Error Codes And Messages.................................................................................. 224 RAIDCFG Error Codes And Messages....................................................................................................................... 224
Failure Messages.......................................................................................................................................................224 RACADM Firmware Error Codes And Messages.....................................................................................................233 RACADM Utility Error Codes And Messages........................................................................................................... 235
Chapter 8: BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages............................................................. 237
Chapter 9: Sample File Formats.................................................................................................238 Sample SYSCFG Utility .ini File Format..................................................................................................................... 238 Sample RAIDCFG Utility .ini File Format................................................................................................................... 245 Sample RACADM Utility .ini File Format....................................................................................................................245
Contents 7
Introduction Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit (DTK) includes a set of utilities, sample scripts, and sample configuration files to deploy and configure your Dell system. You can use DTK to build script-based and RPM-based installation for deploying a large number of systems reliably, without changing their current deployment processes. You can use DTK in a Microsoft Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE) or a Linux environment.
Topics:
DTK Deprecation Message What's New In This Release SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands Supported Systems Supported operating systems Toolkit Utilities Replication Of DTK Utilities Other Documents You May Need Accessing support content from the Dell EMC support site Contacting Dell
DTK Deprecation Message The OpenManage Deployment Toolkit (DTK) along with the associated tools and capabilities will be deprecated for version 6.0.1 and later:
Redundant Array of Independent Disks Configuration (RAIDCFG) Utility System Configuration (SYSCFG) Utility ELI tool Utility Partition (UPINIT)
It is recommended to use the RACADM Command Line (CLI) as a replacement for the RAIDCFG and SYSCFG utilities. For more information on downloading RACADM, see support.dell.com.
NOTE: DTK will continue to support any new hardware or operating system for the 14th generation of PowerEdge servers.
However, support for later generations of PowerEdge servers will be deprecated. For more information about features
supported by DTK, see the latest User's Guide available at dell.com/openmanagemanuals .
What's New In This Release The new features for this release include:
Added support for the following new features:
Post OS driver installation through LC driver pack using DTK WinPE image. Lockdown mode support. Secureboot Enablement.
NOTE: Disabling SecureBoot option is not supported from this release.
Racadm converter to support more token. Support for various SYSCFG BIOS commands. OS deployment in AHCI non-raid mode. OS deployment through HBA330 mini. Support added for OS deployment on greater than 2TB (raid and non-raid in UEFI Mode). Support for OS deployment on SSD (SATA/SAS) HardDisk.
1
8 Introduction
Support added for OS deployment on HardDisk connected to Rear backplane. Support for Software RAID NvMe device (Windows). Support for OS deployment using s140 SWRAID controller. Support for PERC 10 controllers. DTK ELI upgraded to centos 7.2.
Support for the following PowerEdge servers: PER740 PER740XD PER640 PEC6420 R940
Support for the Precision Rack System: PR7920
Support for below Network Cards: NetXtreme BCM5719/5720 1Gbps devices NetXtreme-E BCM574xx 10Gbps/25Gbps devices Mellanox ConnectX-4 Dual Port 100 GbE QSFP Network Adapter QLogic 10GE BASE-T 2Port PCIe FH/LP QLogic 10GE SFP+ 2Port PCIe FH/LP QLogic 25GE SFP28 2Port PCIe FH/LP Intel X550 rNDC Intel 10GbE 4P X710
NOTE: For the list of supported operating systems and Dell servers, see the Dell Systems Software Support Matrix at
dell.com/openmanagemanuals.
NOTE: Use both DTK and the Server Administrator from the same release version to get complete supported features of
Server Administrator.
NOTE: The Lockdown mode feature can be enabled or disabled through the iDRAC Command line prompt or Graphical User
Interface mode.
SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands The DTK SYSCFG deployment scripts are converted to equivalent RACADM scripts, that helps in migration to utilize RACADM in the deployment solution. Starting 12th generation of PowerEdge servers and later, selected set of SYSCFG commands are a part of the DTK sample scripts. The utility has the conversion tool for converting the SYSCFG scripts in both environments Microsoft Windows and Linux operating systems. The list of DTK sample scripts are present in \Toolkit\Tools\CONVERTER\ windows_scripts.lst for Microsoft Windows operating systems and toolkit/ Converter/ linux_scripts.lst for Linux operating system. The converted scripts are available in the folder racscripts. The set of converted commands are available in dtktoracadm_dict.map.
The following table lists the set of commands:
Table 1. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
iDRAC Settings lcp --dnsdhcp iDRAC.IPv4.DNSFromDHCP
lcp --domainname iDRAC.NIC.DNSDomainName
lcp --dnsracname iDRAC.NIC.DNSRacName
lcp --dnsregisterrac iDRAC.NIC.DNSRegister
--idractype iDRAC.Info.Type -z legacy
--autoneg iDRAC.NIC.Autoneg
--gateway iDRAC.IPv4.Gateway
--ipaddress iDRAC.IPv4.Address
Introduction 9
Table 1. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands (continued)
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
--macaddress iDRAC.NIC.MACAddres
--nicselectionfailover iDRAC.NIC.Failover
--subnetmask iDRAC.IPv4.Netmask
--vanilla iDRAC.NIC.VLanID
--dnsserver1v6 get iDRAC.IPv6.DNS1
--dnsserver2v6 get iDRAC.IPv6.DNS2
--gatewayv6 iDRAC.IPv6.Gateway
--ipv6address1 iDRAC.IPv6.Address1
--ipv6address2 iDRAC.IPv6.Address2
--linklocaladdrv6 iDRAC.IPv6.LinkLocalAddress
--prefixlengthv6 iDRAC.IPv6.PrefixLength
--connectionmode iDRAC.IPMISerial.ConnectionMode
--msgcommbitrate iDRAC.IPMISerial.BaudRat
--msgcommflowctrl iDRAC.IPMISerial.FlowControl
--tmcfghandshakectrl iDRAC.IPMISerial.HandshakeControl
--tmcfglineediting iDRAC.IPMISerial.LineEdit
--tmcfgnewlineseq iDRAC.IPMISerial.NewLineSeq
--solcharaccuminterval iDRAC.IPMISOL.AccumulateInterval
--solbitrate iDRAC.IPMISOL.BaudRate
--solprivlevel iDRAC.IPMISOL.MinPrivilege
--solcharsendthreshold iDRAC.IPMISOL.SendThreshold
BIOS Option Settings --HddSeq BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddSeq
Boot Settings --BootMode BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootMode
--BootSeqRetry BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootSeqRetry
--HddFailover BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddFailover
--SetBootOrderFqddn BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetBootOrderFqddn
--SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn
Integrated Devices --EmbVideo BIOS.IntegratedDevices.EmbVideo
--IoatEngine BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IoatEngine
--IntegratedNetwork1 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork1
--IntegratedNetwork2 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork2
--IntegratedRaid BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedRaid
--InternalUsb BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb
--OsWatchdogTimer BIOS.IntegratedDevices.OsWatchdogTimer
--SriovGlobalEnable BIOS.IntegratedDevices.SriovGlobalEnable
--Usb3Setting BIOS.IntegratedDevices.Usb3Setting
Memory Settings --DynamicCoreAllocation BIOS.ProcSettings.DynamicCoreAllocation
10 Introduction
Table 1. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands (continued)
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
--CorrEccSmi BIOS.MemSettings.CorrEccSmi
--MemTest BIOS.MemSettings.MemTest
--NodeInterleave BIOS.MemSettings.NodeInterleave
--memopmode BIOS.memsettings.MemOpMode
Miscellaneous Settings --AssetTag BIOS.MiscSettings.AssetTag
--ErrPrompt BIOS.MiscSettings.ErrPrompt
--NumLock BIOS.MiscSettings.NumLock
--ForceInt10 BIOS.MiscSettings.ForceInt10
--insystemcharacterization BIOS.MiscSettings.InSystemCharacterization
Processor Settings --DcuIpPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuIpPrefetcher
--DcuStreamerPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuStreamerPrefetcher
--LogicalProc BIOS.ProcSettings.LogicalProc
--ProcExecuteDisable BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcExecuteDisable
--ProcHwPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcHwPrefetcher
--ProcVirtualization BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcVirtualization
--RtidSetting BIOS.ProcSettings.RtidSetting
--ProcX2Apic BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcX2Apic
--cpucore BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCores
--cpuspeed BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCoreSpeed
--logicproc BIOS.procsettings.LogicalProc
--proc1brand BIOS.procsettings.Proc1Brand
--proc1id BIOS.procsettings.Proc1Id
--proc1l2cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc1L2Cache
--proc1l3cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc1L3Cache
--proc1numcores BIOS.procsettings.Proc1NumCores
--proc2brand BIOS.procsettings.Proc2Brand
--proc2id BIOS.procsettings.Proc2Id
--proc2l2cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc2L2Cache
--proc2l3cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc2L3Cache
--proc2numcores BIOS.procsettings.Proc2NumCores
--proc64bit BIOS.procsettings.Proc64bit
--procadjcacheline BIOS.procsettings.ProcAdjCacheLine
--procbusspeed BIOS.procsettings.ProcBusSpeed
--proccorespeed BIOS.procsettings.ProcCoreSpeed
--qpispeed BIOS.procsettings.QpiSpeed
--procconfigtdp BIOS.procsettings.ProcConfigTdp
SATA Settings --WriteCache BIOS.SataSettings.WriteCache
Introduction 11
Table 1. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands (continued)
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
--SecurityFreezeLock BIOS.SataSettings.SecurityFreezeLock
--Sembsataraid BIOS.SataSettings.EmbSata
--embsata BIOS.SataSettings.EmbSata
--sata0 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA
--sata1 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB
--sata2 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC
--sata3 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD
--sata4 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE
--sata5 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF
--sata7 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH
--sataporta BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA
--sataportb BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB
--sataportc BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC
--sataportd BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD
--sataporte BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE
--sataportf BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF
--sataportg BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortG
--sataportgmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGModel
--sataportgdrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGDriveType
--sataportgcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGCapacity
--sataporth BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH
--sataporthmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHModel
--sataporthdrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHDriveType
--sataporthcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHCapacity
--sataporti BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortI
--sataportimodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIModel
--sataportidrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIDriveType
--sataporticapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortICapacity
--sataportj BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJ
--sataportjmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJModel
--sataportjdrivetyp BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJDriveType
--sataportjcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJCapacity
Serial Communication --ConTerrmType BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ConTermType
--ExtSerialConnector BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ExtSerialConnector
--FailSafeBaud BIOS.SerialCommSettings.FailSafeBaud
--RedirAfterBoot BIOS.SerialCommSettings.RedirAfterBoot
Slot Disablement --Slotn BIOS.SlotDisablement.Slotn
12 Introduction
Table 1. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands (continued)
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
System Information --svctag BIOS.SysInformation.SystemServiceTag
System Security --AcPwrRcvryDelay BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvryDelay
--PwrButton BIOS.SysSecurity.PwrButton
--SetupPassword BIOS.SysSecurity.SetupPassword
--SysPassword BIOS.SysSecurity.SysPassword
System Power --maxpowercap System.Power.Cap.MaxThreshold
--minpowercap System.Power.Cap.MinThreshold
--capenable System.Power.Cap.Enable
Supported Systems For a complete list of supported Dell PowerEdge systems, see the Dell Systems Software Support Matrix in the required version of OpenManage Software at dell.com/openmanagemanuals
Supported operating systems DTK utilities support Windows PE 10.0 (64-bit), and Windows PE 5.1 (64-bit) to deploy the following operating systems in BIOS and UEFI mode:
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 Foundation, Essentials, Standard, and Datacenter editions
Microsoft Windows Server 2016 Foundation, Essentials, and Standard editions
Dells Precision R7920 Supported operating systems Microsoft Windows 8.1 (64-bit) Microsoft Windows 10 (64-bit)
For Linux, the DTK utilities support deploying the following operating systems in BIOS and UEFI mode:
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP2 (64-bit) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.3 (64-bit) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.9(64-bit)
You can install the DTK Linux RPM utilities on the following operating systems in BIOS and UEFI mode:
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP2 (64-bit) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.3 (64-bit) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.9 (64-bit)
NOTE: The RPMs are available in the RPMs folder of DTK ELI ISO at linux.dell.com/repo/hardware, and also in
the Dell EMC Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD.
Toolkit Utilities DTK contains utilities that allow you to configure the BIOS, Baseboard Management Controller (BMC), Remote Access Controller (RAC), RAID controllers, and hard-drive partitions on supported Dell systems. Additionally, the utilities can be integrated with the sample files provided with the toolkit to fully configure one-to-many target systems in a scripted mass system deployment.
System Configuration Utility
The SYSCFG utility performs the following tasks:
Introduction 13
Reports and sets BIOS configuration options. Reports and sets BMC/RAC configuration options. Reports and sets user-configurable states. Reports system information, including PCI device detection.
RAID Configuration Utility
The RAIDCFG utility reports and sets RAID configuration options.
RAC Configuration Utility
The RACADM utility reports and sets RAC configuration options for Dell Remote Access Controller DRAC 5, iDRAC6, and iDRAC7, and iDRAC8.
Disk Partitioning Utility
The UPINIT script creates, formats, and populates a Dell Utility Partition.
Replication Of DTK Utilities This section explains the replication of DTK utilities.
File Format
The -i and -o options use the .ini file format for system configuration (SYSCFG) options. All name/value entries that follow the [syscfg] section header in the .ini file belong to the SYSCFG utility. For an example of the syscfg.ini file, see Sample SYSCFG Utility .ini File Format.
SYSCFG Replication Rules
Not all BIOS and BMC options can be replicated using the .ini file. For example, boot sequence and device sequence are only replicated if a device name list can be supplied. A numerical device list cannot be replicated since the index values can change from system to system. In addition, because the service tag information is static, it is not commented out in the output file or replicated. See the description of each option for further replication information.
The syscfg.ini file cannot be used across different systems. The file output operation places system identification information at the beginning of the [syscfg] section. This information is used to determine if the file can be accepted as input for a system. The following information is used for system identification:
System ID Byte(s) System Name BIOS Version
If these values do not match the values found on the system, the file input operation fails.
The following is the SYSCFG behavior during replication:
Options not available in SYSCFG are termed invalid options. If SYSCFG encounters an invalid option in the syscfg.ini file, the SYSCFG utility terminates.
Unsupported options are options available in SYSCFG but not applicable on certain systems. If SYSCFG encounters an unsupported option, SYSCFG logs this option and continues to the next option.
Unsupported arguments are arguments valid in SYSCFG but not applicable on certain systems. If SYSCFG encounters an unsupported argument, SYSCFG terminates.
SYSCFG logs a message in the log file for each option processed in the syscfg.ini file. To generate the log file, use the logfile option.
14 Introduction
RAID Replication
The RAID replication feature reads the RAID configuration information from the source system and creates a raid.ini file. This raid.ini file can be applied to the RAID configurations of the target system. The RAID replication requires both, the source system and the target system to have similar RAID controllers.
RACADM Replication
The RACREP.BAT sample script applies RAC configuration options to the target system based on the configuration information that has been saved in a configuration file. User input is optional, depending on variables set in the RACREP.BAT sample script. This script uses the RACADM.EXE utility to configure the RAC in the target system using the RAC configuration file, raccfg.ini. The raccfg.ini configuration file is passed as the first parameter to the RACREP.BAT script. If this parameter is not passed, the default variable values used in this script are set in the TKENVSET.BAT scripts. An optional second parameter can be passed to this file, which specifies the IP address used in configuring the RAC. The raccfg.ini file is generated with the RACCAP.BAT sample script.
Other Documents You May Need In addition to this guide, you can access the following guides available at dell.com/support/manuals. The Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit Installation Guide provides information about installing and deploying DTK on
supported Dell systems. The guide is also available as part of the DTK download. The Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit User's Guide provides best practice procedures that focus on the basic tasks for
successful deployment of Dell systems. The Dell Systems Software Support Matrix provides information about the various Dell systems, the operating systems
supported by these systems, and the Dell OpenManage components that can be installed on these systems. The Dell OpenManage Installation Guide provides additional information about performing an unattended installation of Dell
OpenManage Server Administrator on systems running supported Windows, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, and Citrix Xen Server operating systems.
The Dell OpenManage Server Administrator User's Guide provides information on using Server Administrator on supported operating systems.
The Dell Update Packages User's Guide provides information about obtaining and using Dell Update Packages as part of your system update strategy.
The Dell OpenManage Sever Administrator Storage Management Users Guide provides information about RAID controllers. The Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller 8 (iDRAC8) Command Line Interface Reference Guide provides information
about the RACADM subcommands, supported interfaces, property database groups and object definitions for iDRAC8 and CMC.
The Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller 8 (iDRAC8) User's Guide provides information about configuring and using iDRAC8 for 13th generation rack, tower, and blade servers to remotely manage and monitor your system and its shared resources through a network.
The Glossary provides information about the terms used in this document. The Deployment Toolkit release notes (for Windows PE and embedded Linux) which is also available as part of the DTK
download, provides the latest available information about the installation and operation of the DTK components and the list of PowerEdge systems supported for this version of DTK.
Accessing support content from the Dell EMC support site Access supporting content related to an array of systems management tools using direct links, going to the Dell EMC support site, or using a search engine. Direct links:
For Dell EMC Enterprise Systems Management and Dell EMC Remote Enterprise Systems Managementhttps:// www.dell.com/esmmanuals
For Dell EMC Virtualization Solutionshttps://www.dell.com/SoftwareManuals For Dell EMC OpenManagehttps://www.dell.com/openmanagemanuals For iDRAChttps://www.dell.com/idracmanuals
Introduction 15
For Dell EMC OpenManage Connections Enterprise Systems Managementhttps://www.dell.com/ OMConnectionsEnterpriseSystemsManagement
For Dell EMC Serviceability Toolshttps://www.dell.com/serviceabilitytools Dell EMC support site:
1. Go to https://www.dell.com/support.
2. Click Browse all products.
3. From the All products page, click Software, and then click the required link.
4. Click the required product and then click the required version.
Using search engines, type the name and version of the document in the search box.
Contacting Dell NOTE: If you do not have an active Internet connection, you can find contact information on your purchase invoice, packing
slip, bill, or Dell product catalog.
Dell provides several online and telephone-based support and service options. Availability varies by country and product, and some services may not be available in your area. To contact Dell for sales, technical support, or customer service issues:
1. Visit www.dell.com/support .
2. Select your support category.
3. If you are not a U.S customer, select your country code at the bottom of the page, or select All to see more choices.
4. Select the appropriate service or support link based on your need.
16 Introduction
Command Syntax Overview Syntax refers to the way a command and its parameters are entered. Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit (DTK) Command Line Interface (CLI) commands can be arranged in any order as long as they conform to the basic command line syntax.
Topics:
DTK Utilities General Usage Command Line Syntax Case Sensitivity Command Line Option Delimiters Other Delimiters Read And Write Commands File Input And Output Commands Log Files Help Option Error Checking And Error Messages
DTK Utilities General Usage The following table lists the general usage models of the DTK utilities:
Table 2. DTK Utilities
Utilities Usage
SYSCFG syscfg --option1=[arg1] ... --optionX=[argX]
or
syscfg bmcoption1 --bmcsuboption1=[arg1]...-- bmcsuboptionX=argX]
RAIDCFG raidcfg [mandatory options]
RACADM racadm
NOTE: The Command Line Reference Guide for iDRAC6 and CMC available on dell.com/support/manuals provides information about the RACADM subcommands, supported interfaces, property database groups and object definitions for iDRAC6 and CMC.
UPINIT For WinPE:
upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file=t:\upimage.bin
For Linux:
upinit --disk=/dev/sda --size=32 --file=/tmp/ upimage.bin
2
Command Syntax Overview 17
The DTK command line switches, configuration file formatting, and error reporting follow similar style and behavior. However, individual DTK utilities can sometimes differ from one another in significant ways. You must familiarize yourself with the command line syntax and utility-specific options and arguments for each utility before using DTK.
NOTE: Some of the command line options in DTK are followed by an asterisk. Such options are used for reporting purposes
only.
Command Line Syntax The following table lists the generic command line characters and arguments present in the command line options with a short description of these characters.
Table 3. Command Line Options
Element Description
- Prefix single character options. NOTE: This delimiter is not applicable to Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) sub-options.
-- Prefix multi-character options.
utilname Indicates the generic designation for a DTK utility name.
o Indicates the generic single-character designation for an option.
optionX Indicates the generic multi-character designation for a utility name, where you can use X to distinguish multiple options used in the same command line instance.
argX Indicates the generic designation for an argument, where you can use X to distinguish multiple arguments used in the same command line instance.
[mandatory option] Indicates the generic designation for a mandatory argument.
[ ] Indicates a component of the command line. Enter only the information within the brackets and exclude the brackets.
... Indicates that the previous argument can be repeated several times in a command. Enter only the information within the ellipses and exclude the ellipses.
| Separates two mutually exclusive choices in a syntax line. For example:
usb: Turns the usb controller on or off
Argument: enable | disable | legacy
Enter only one choice: --usb=enable, --usb= disable, or --usb=legacy.
18 Command Syntax Overview
Case Sensitivity Command line options, pre-defined and user-defined arguments, and filenames given as arguments are all case-sensitive on
PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems. Unless specified otherwise, enter all commands, options, arguments, and command line switches in lowercase letters.
Command Line Option Delimiters The following table lists some examples of valid and invalid DTK command lines.
Table 4. Command Line Option Delimiters
Valid / Invalid
DTK Command Line Example
valid syscfg --option1 --option2 syscfg --asset --floppy
invalid syscfg --option1=argument -- option2 --option3
syscfg --asset=R910 --floppy -- bootseq
valid syscfg -o=filename --option1 -- option2
syscfg -o=/tmp/myfile.txt --floppy --bootseq
valid syscfg -l=filename --option1 -- option2
syscfg -l=/tmp/myfile.txt --floppy --bootseq
invalid syscfg -i=filename --option1 -- option2
syscfg -i=/tmp/myfile.txt --floppy --bootseq
valid syscfg --option=argument bmcoption --option1= argument
syscfg --embnic=on pcp -- hostname=webserver
NOTE: Do not combine options that specify report or set actions in a command line instance.
Other Delimiters The following table lists the other delimiters:
Table 5. Other delimiters
Delimiter Example Description
White space (space or tab) syscfg --option=argument1 argument2
considers
argument1
and
argument2
as two arguments.
Command Syntax Overview 19
Table 5. Other delimiters (continued)
Delimiter Example Description
A string surrounded by double quotation marks regardless of the white space contained within, is interpreted as a single SYSCFG argument.
syscfg --option="argument1 argument2"
considers
argument1
and
argument2
a single argument.
A double quotation mark preceded by a backslash (\") is interpreted as a literal double quotation mark (").
syscfg -- option="\"argument"
considers "argument as the argument.
Backslashes are interpreted literally, unless they immediately precede a double quotation mark. If an even number of backslashes are followed by a double quotation mark, then one backslash (\) is taken for every pair of backslashes (\\), and the double quotation mark (") is interpreted as a string delimiter.
syscfg --option="\ \"argument"
considers \ and argument as two arguments.
If an odd number of backslashes are followed by a double quotation mark, then one backslash (\) is taken for every pair of backslashes (\\) and the double quotation mark is interpreted as an escape sequence by the remaining backslash, causing a literal double quotation mark (") to be placed in the SYSCFG argument.
syscfg --option="\\ \"argument"
considers \ "argument as the argument.
Read And Write Commands Options can report a certain value or set of values based on the presence of an argument. These read or write actions are implied in the DTK command line arguments. The get, read, set, or write commands, for example, are not required.
NOTE: You cannot combine options that specify read or write actions in a command line instance.
Table 6. Read and Write Command Examples
Valid/Invalid DTK Command Line Example
valid syscfg --option1 --option2
valid syscfg --option1=arg --option2=arg
invalid syscfg --option1=arg --option2
File Input And Output Commands Specify the file input using the -i <filename> command, where <filename> is the name of the input file.
20 Command Syntax Overview
Specify the file output using the -o <filename> command, where <filename> is the name of the output file.
Log Files If the log file already exists, information is appended to the file. This allows multiple tools to use the same log file to record information. Use the -l option to record the output of a utility.
The log duplicates all standard output and error information to the specified file. Each log file begins with a time stamp and utility name. For example, YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS < utilname > -
The following is an example of the logging behavior:
2003/11/28 10:23:17 syscfg - option1=on
2003/11/28 10:23:17 syscfg - option2=on
2003/11/28 10:23:17 syscfg - option3 =off NOTE: The log files may contain sensitive information such as passwords and authentication information. To protect such
information, it is recommended that only the administrator accesses the log files.
Help Option The -h and --help options display general usage information for the utility. If the argument matches a valid option, that usage information of the option is displayed. If the option has arguments, the arguments are displayed, separated by a | character. If the argument does not match a valid option, a usage error is given (and usage information is displayed). This option cannot be replicated.
Error Checking And Error Messages The DTK utilities check your commands for correct syntax when you enter them. When a command is executed successfully, a message displays stating that your command has been successful. Unrecognized or invalid options and arguments result in a usage error that displays the DTK utility name and version along with a short message. For information about the error messages, see Messages And Codes.
Command Syntax Overview 21
DTK Seamless package The DTK Seamless package is a single installer package that carries Linux DTK RPMs (RHEL, SLES) and its dependency.
Topics:
Seamless package Downloading and Installing
Seamless package Downloading and Installing This section describes the downloading and installing of DTK seamless package.
The seamless package auto recognizes the OS type and its respective dependency during the installation and installs SYSCFG, RAIDCFG, and RACADM tools on post Linux operating system.
The advantages of seamless package are:
The size of the DTK seamless package is less (approximately 60MB) compared to that of the complete OM DVD size.
The DTK seamless package is posted independently on www.dell.com/support with OM and DTK releases.
The seamless package supports both interactive and non-interactive modes of DTK tool installation.
Interactive mode options:
Type the following command: ./DTKTOOLS_
Deployment Tools Install Utility Available install options: [ ] 1. Command line BIOS configuration utility (syscfg utility) [ ] 2. Command line RAID configuration utility (raidcfg utility) [ ] 3. DRAC command line configuration utility [ ] 4. All features Enter the number to select/deselect (toggle selection) a component Enter i to install the selected components. Enter q to quit. Once the DTK tools installation is complete, success message is displayed on the screen.
To uninstall the DTK tools, run the command
/opt/dell/toolkit/bin/dtktools-uninstall.sh d Non-interactive mode:
In the non-interactive mode, all the available tools are installed by default. Any other option is ignored.
Type the following command:
./DTKTOOLS_
To uninstall the DTK tools, run the command
./DTKTOOLS_
./DTKTOOLS_
3
22 DTK Seamless package
The seamless package uninstalls the older DTK tool set version, and upgrades it to a newer version if Server Administrator is not present in the system.
DTK Seamless package 23
SYSCFG This section documents the Deployment Toolkit (DTK) system configuration utility. It describes the command line parameters, configuration file format, and individual executables used to configure server BIOS and Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) settings, DTK state settings, and system information including PCI device detection.
Topics:
Features SYSCFG General Options SYSCFG For BIOS Configuration Sub Options And Arguments For power Option Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option SYSCFG For BMC And Remote Access Controller Configuration SYSCFG For State Configuration SYSCFG for System Configuration SYSCFG For IPv6 Configuration PCI Reporting
Features The SYSCFG utility: Displays help and usage information. Outputs configuration options to a file or screen. Reads configuration options from a file or Command Line Interface (CLI) parameters. Configures BMC/Remote Access Controller (RAC) users, local area network (LAN) channel and serial channel settings,
BMC/RAC platform event filter (PEF) settings, and BMC/RAC serial-over-LAN (SOL) settings. Configures the nonmaskable interrupt (NMI) and power button. Reports the BMC/RAC firmware version, BMC/RAC device global unique identifier (GUID), and BMC/RAC LAN channel and
serial channel information. Reports BMC/RAC session information. Clears BMC/RAC system event log (SEL). Restores BMC/RAC factory defaults. Records and reports the state data value. Displays system configuration information. Returns specific error codes and messages. Logs activity to a given filename. Configures the BIOS features using ini file, DTK xml file, and ws-man xml file.
NOTE: In Microsoft Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), the SYSCFG utility is located at
\dell\toolkit\tools or \dell\toolkit\tools directory. In Linux, you can find it in the/opt/dell/ toolkit/bin directory.
SYSCFG General Options NOTE: Some of the options in SYSCFG are followed by an asterisk. The asterisk is not part of the command syntax. Such
options are used for reporting purposes only. These commands do not accept any sub-options or arguments. The values
associated with these commands are reported by the BIOS. You cannot modify these values.
4
24 SYSCFG
No Option
Table 7. No Option
Valid Arguments NA
Description The SYSCFG utility displays the usage information.
envar
Table 8. SYSCFG General envar
Valid Arguments <valid filename> <valid path>
Description Stores the environment variable data to a file when used with the s option. This file can be called from other scripts to set the environment variable. The value of <filename> must not be specified if the DTKENVSCR environment variable is set to a valid filename. In this case, the filename pointed to by DTKENVSCR is used to store the environment variable data.
Example:
syscfg --mem -s=temp --envar= Z:\scripts\file.bat
When used without the -s option, --envar takes the default variable.
Linux Example:
syscfg --svctag --envar= /tmp/myvars.txt svctag = 2G8LC1S syscfg_var =2G8LC1S source /tmp/myvars.txt
Windows PE Example:
syscfg --svctag --envar=i:\myvars.bat svctag = 2G8LC1S syscfg_var =2G8LC1S call i:\myvars.bat
h or help
Table 9. SYSCFG General h or help
Valid Arguments none or <valid option name>
Description Displays the general usage information for the utility, when no argument is provided. If the argument matches a valid option, that option's usage information is displayed. If the option has arguments, the arguments are displayed, separated by a | character. If the option has sub-options, all sub-options, valid arguments, and a description are listed. If the argument does not match a valid option, a usage error is given (and usage information is displayed). This option cannot be replicated.
SYSCFG 25
Table 9. SYSCFG General h or help (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg -h lanchannelaccess lanchannelaccess: Reports LAN channel access information.
Sub-options: pefalerting: Enable or disable PEF (Platform Event Filter)alerting.
Arguments: enable | disable
ipmioverlan: Enable or disable
IPMI over LAN access.
Arguments: disable | alwaysavail
channelprivlmt: Sets the maximum privilege level that can be accepted on the LAN channel.
Arguments: user | operator |administrator
i or infile
Table 10. SYSCFG General i or infile
Valid Arguments <filename>
Description Directs the SYSCFG utility to take input from the .ini file. The utility searches the file for a section heading identical to the utility name. An error is returned if the file or section is not found. If the section is found, each name/value pair is applied to the system. The names must match a valid option, and the arguments must be in the proper format for the option. If an option is not available on a system and it is specified in a file, the utility ignores the option. If any errors are found in the format of the names or values, an error is returned and the options are not applied to the system. If this option is used with other function command options, they are applied in the order in which they appear on the command line, overriding any previous commands.
Example:
A:>syscfg -i <filename>.ini
ix or inxmlfile
Table 11. SYSCFG General ix or inxmlfile
Valid Arguments <filename>
Description Directs the SYSCFG utility to receive input from the xml file. The utility searches the BIOS option in the file. An error is returned if the file is not found. The provided option must match a valid option, and the arguments must be in the proper format for the option. If an option is not available on a system and it is specified in a file, the utility ignores the option. If any errors are found in the format of the names or values, an error is returned and the options are not applied to the system. If this
26 SYSCFG
Table 11. SYSCFG General ix or inxmlfile (continued)
option is dependent on any other option, they are applied in the order in which they appear in the xml file.
NOTE: It is applicable only on 12G and later systems.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ix filename.xml
NOTE: You can modify or use the BIOS configuration captured in xml format from a PowerEdge server for large scale deployment configurations using RACADM or WS-MAN. For more information on using RACADM and WS-MAN refer Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller 8 (iDRAC8) RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide and Dell Lifecycle Controller-Remote Services Quick Start Guide respectively available at dell.com/support/manuals.
l or logfile
Table 12. SYSCFG General l or logfile
Valid Arguments <filename>
Description Logs the command line output to a time-stamped file. The utility either appends the information to an existing log file or creates a new file. The log file contains the same information as the standard output, plus timestamp information. Users should use this option instead of redirection for task diagnosis. For more information, see Log Files .
Example:
A:>syscfg -l logfile --option=<filename>
o or outfile
Table 13. SYSCFG General o or outfile
Valid Arguments <filename>
Description Prints all replicable options to the specified filename. The format of the output is in the .ini format, with the utility name as the section header. On PowerEdge 11G systems, if a file with the same name already exists, the information is appended to the file, but on PowerEdge 12G it overwrites the existing file. If this option is used with other function commands, the commands are applied in the order in which they appear. This option captures replicable BMC and BIOS options.
Example:
A:>syscfg -o <filename>.ini
ox or outxmlfile
Table 14. SYSCFG General ox or outxmlfile
Valid Arguments <filename>
Description Prints all BIOS options to the specified xml file.
SYSCFG 27
Table 14. SYSCFG General ox or outxmlfile (continued)
NOTE: It is applicable only on 12G and later sytems.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ox filename.ini
ovrwrt*
Table 15. SYSCFG General ovrwrt*
Valid Arguments NA
Description Used with the -o option to cause the output file to be overwritten if a file of the same name already exists. This option cannot be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg -o=filename.ini --ovrwrt
The file filename has been overwritten.
px or pendingxmlfile
Table 16. SYSCFG General px or pendingxmlfile
Valid Arguments <filename>
Description Prints all the pending BIOS options to a specified xml file.
NOTE: It is applicable only on 12G and later sytems.
Example:
A:>syscfg --px filename.xml
s
Table 17. SYSCFG General s
Valid Arguments <string>
Description Prints the variable name and the assigned value to the console. This option when used with --envar, picks up the environment variable data and stores it in a file. This file can be called from a script. For more information, see envar.
Example:
A:>syscfg -s ENVNAME --svctag svctag=SERVICE ENVNAME=SERVICE
version*
Table 18. SYSCFG General version*
Valid Arguments NA
28 SYSCFG
Table 18. SYSCFG General version* (continued)
Description Displays the version information, current time, and date for the utility. This option cannot be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --version syscfg Version 4.4 P01(Windows - Jan 29 2014,16:48:48)
Copyright (c) 2002-2014 Dell Inc.
SYSCFG For BIOS Configuration SYSCFG uses BIOS interfaces to manipulate boot order and BIOS settings. It configures all options available on the BIOS setup screen, including boot order, embedded device configuration, and asset tag management. Consider the following while using the SYSCFG options:
On systems prior to 12G, options and arguments are case-sensitive. NOTE: The naming format of Dell PowerEdge systems is yxxx; y denotes alphabets, for example, M (modular), R (rack),
or T (tower) and x denotes numbers. For example, a PowerEdge R720 is a 12th Generation rack mount 700 series
server.
On 12th generation of PowerEdge servers and later systems, the SYSCFG options are grouped. Running SYSCFG without arguments on any system only displays the valid options. Reboot the system for the BIOS options to take effect. On 12th generation of PowerEdge systems are backward compatible and support legacy arguments enable and disable.
However, it is recommended to use enabled and disabled on 12th generation of PowerEdge systems as the arguments enable and disable may be deprecated in future. For more information, see the BIOS options help.
To list the options which are set on the system, but not applied due to pending reboot, type:
syscfg --pendingvalues If a setup password is set, provide the password while configuring the SYSCFG options as:
syscfg --
The BIOS version or hardware feature set. A missing or expired license. The system displays an error message if the required license is not found. For more
information, see Dell License Manager on dell.com/support/manuals.
Some of the options are followed by an asterisk. The asterisk is not part of the command syntax. Such options are used for reporting purposes only. These commands do not accept any suboptions or arguments. The values associated with these commands are reported by the BIOS. You cannot modify these values.
SYSCFG BIOS commands
SYSCFG BIOS equivalent RACADM commands are listed:
For more information on RACADM commands, see the RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell.com/ openmanagemanuals.com.
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
BIOS Option Settings --BootSeq --bootseq BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootSeq
--HddSeq --devseq BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddSeq
Boot Settings --BootMode --bootmode BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootMode
SYSCFG 29
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
--BootSeqRetry --bootseqretry BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootSeqRetry
--HddFailover NOTE: The option is not supported on 12G systems.
--hddfailover BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddFailover
--SetBootOrderFqddn NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetBootOrderFqddn
-- SetLegacyHddOrderFqdd n
NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetLegacyHddOrderFq dd
Integrated Devices --EmbVideo --embvideoctrl BIOS.IntegratedDevices.EmbVideo
--IoatEngine --ioat BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IoatEngine
--IntegratedNetwork1 N/A BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork1
--IntegratedNetwork2 N/A BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork2
--IntegratedRaid --integratedraid BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedRaid
--IntegratedSas --integratedsas BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedSas
--InternalSdCard --embsdcard BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalSdCard
-- InternalSdCardRedundan cy
-- embsdcardredundancy
BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalSdCardRedund ancy
--InternalUsb --internalusb BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb
--InternalUsb1 --internalusbport1 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb1
--InternalUsb2 --internalusbport2 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb2
--OsWatchdogTimer --oswatchdogtimer BIOS.IntegratedDevices.OsWatchdogTimer
--SriovGlobalEnable --sriov BIOS.IntegratedDevices.SriovGlobalEnable
--UsbPorts --usbports BIOS.IntegratedDevices.UsbPorts
--Usb3Setting NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
N/A N/A
-- InternalSdCardPrimaryCa rd
NOTE: The option is supported only
N/A N/A
30 SYSCFG
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
on 13G and later systems.
--CurrentEmbVideoState NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
N/A N/A
IscsiDev1ConnChapType NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
IscsiDev1ConnDhcpEnDis NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
IscsiDev1ConnEnDis NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
IscsiDev1ConnInterface NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
IscsiDev1ConnProtocol NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
IscsiDev1ConnTimeout NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
IscsiDev1ConnVlanEnDis NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
IscsiDev1ConnVlanId NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
IscsiDev1ConnAuth NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A N/A
Memory Settings --CorrEccSmi N/A N/A
--DynamicCoreAllocation N/A N/A
SYSCFG 31
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
--MemOpMode --memoperatingmode BIOS.MemSettings.MemOpMode
--MemOpVoltage --dimmvoltage BIOS.MemSettings.MemOpVoltage
--MemTest --memtest BIOS.MemSettings.MemTest
--NodeInterleave --nodeinterleave BIOS.MemSettings.NodeInterleave
--RedundantMem --redmem BIOS.MemSettings.RedundantMem
--SerialDbgOut N/A BIOS.MemSettings.Serialdbgout
--SysMemSize* --mem* BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemSize
--SnoopMode NOTE: The option is not supported on 12G systems.
--snoopfilter BIOS.MemSettings.SnoopFilter
--SysMemSpeed* N/A BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemSpeed
--SysMemType* N/A BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemType
--SysMemVolt* N/A BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemVolt
--VideoMem* N/A BIOS.MemSettings.VideoMem
--ClusterOnDie NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
N/A N/A
RedundantOsLocation NOTE: The option is supported only on 14G and later systems.
N/A N/A
Miscellaneous Settings --AssetTag* --asset* BIOS.MiscSettings.AssetTag
--ErrPrompt --f1f2promptonerror BIOS.MiscSettings.ErrPrompt
-- InSystemCharacterization
N/A BIOS.MiscSettings.InSystemCharacterization
--NumLock --numlock BIOS.MiscSettings.NumLock
--ForceInt10 NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.MiscSettings.ForceInt10
-- InSystemCharacterization
NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.MiscSettings.InSystemCharacterization
--ReportKbdErr --rptkeyerr BIOS.MiscSettings.ReportKbdErr
32 SYSCFG
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
NOTE: The option is not supported on 13G and later systems.
DellAutoDiscovery NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
DellWyseP25BIOSAccess NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
Network Settings NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.
--PxeDevnEnDis N/A BIOS.NetworkSettings.PxeDevnEnDis
HttpDevnInterface NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
HttpDevnProtocol NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
HttpDevnVlanEnDis NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
HttpDevnVlanId NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A
--PxeDevnInterface N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDevnProtocol
--PxeDevnProtocol N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDevnProtocol
--PxeDevnVlanEnDis N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDevnVlanEnDis
--PxeDevnVlanId N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDevnVlanId
--PxeDevnVlanPriority N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDevnVlanPriority
One-Time Boot
NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--OneTimeBootMode N/A BIOS.OneTimeBoot.OneTimeBootMode
SYSCFG 33
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
--OneTimeBootSeqDev --nextboot BIOS.OneTimeBoot.OneTimeBootSeqDev
--OneTimeHddSeqDev N/A BIOS.OneTimeBoot.OneTimeHddSeqDev
-- OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev
N/A BIOS.OneTimeBoot.OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev
Processor Settings --DataReuse --datareuse BIOS.ProcSettings.DataReuse
--DcuIpPrefetcher N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuIpPrefetcher
--DcuStreamerPrefetcher -- dcustreamerprefetcher
BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuStreamerPrefetcher
--LogicalProc --logicproc BIOS.ProcSettings.LogicalProc
--Proc1Brand* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1Brand
--Proc1Id* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1Id
--Proc1L2Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1L2Cache
--Proc1L3Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1L3Cache
--Proc1NumCores* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1NumCores
--Proc2Brand* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2Brand
--Proc2Id* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2Id
--Proc2L2Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2L2Cache
--Proc2L3Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2L3Cache
--Proc2NumCores* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2NumCores
--Proc3Brand* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3Brand
--Proc3Id* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3Id
--Proc3L2Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3L2Cache
--Proc3L3Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3L3Cache
--Proc3NumCores* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3NumCores
--Proc4Brand* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4Brand
--Proc4Id* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4Id
--Proc4L2Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4L2Cache
--Proc4L3Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4L3Cache
--Proc4NumCores* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4NumCores
--Proc64bit* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc64bit
--ProcAdjCacheLine --adjcacheprefetch BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcAdjCacheLine
--ProcBusSpeed* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcBusSpeed
--ProcCores --cpucore BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCores
--ProcCoreSpeed* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCoreSpeed
--ProcExecuteDisable --cpuxdsupport BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcExecuteDisable
--ProcHwPrefetcher --hwprefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcHwPrefetcher
--ProcVirtualization --virtualization BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcVirtualization
--QpiBandwidthPriority --qpibandwidthpriority BIOS.ProcSettings.QpiBandwidthPriority
34 SYSCFG
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
--QpiSpeed N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.QpiSpeed
--RtidSetting N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.RtidSetting
--ProcnControlledTurbo NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcnControlledTurbo
--ProcConfigTdp NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcConfigTdp
--ProcX2Apic NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcX2Apic
SATA Settings --EmbSata --embsataraid BIOS.SataSettings.EmbSata
--eSataPort1 N/A BIOS.SataSettings.eSataPort1
--eSataPort1Capacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.eSataPort1Capacity
--eSataPort1DriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.eSataPort1DriveType
--eSataPort1Model* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.eSataPort1Model
--SataPortA --sata0 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA
--SataPortACapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortACapacity
--SataPortADriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortADriveType
--SataPortAModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortAModel
--SataPortB --sata1 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB
--SataPortBCapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortBCapacity
--SataPortBDriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortBDriveType
--SataPortBModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortBModel
--SataPortC --sata2 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC
--SataPortCCapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortCCapacity
--SataPortCDriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortCDriveType
--SataPortCModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortCModel
--SataPortD --sata3 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD
--SataPortDCapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortDCapacity
--SataPortDDriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortDDriveType
--SataPortDModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortDModel
--SataPortE --sata4 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE
--SataPortECapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortECapacity
SYSCFG 35
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
--SataPortEDriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortEDriveType
--SataPortEModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortEModel
--SataPortF --sata5 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF
--SataPortFCapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortFCapacity
--SataPortFDriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortFDriveType
--SataPortFModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortFModel
--SataPortG NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--sata6 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortG
--SataPortGCapacity* NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGCapacity
--SataPortGDriveType* NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGDriveType
--SataPortGModel* NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGModel
--SataPortH NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--sata7 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH
--SataPortHCapacity* NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHCapacity
--SataPortHDriveType* NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHDriveType
--SataPortHModel* NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHModel
36 SYSCFG
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
--SataPortI NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortI
--SataPortICapacity NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortICapacity
--SataPortIDriveType NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIDriveType
--SataPortIModel NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIModel
--SataPortJ NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJ
--SataPortJCapacity NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJCapacity
--SataPortJDriveType NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJDriveType
--SataPortJModel NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJModel
--SecurityFreezeLock NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SecurityFreezeLock
Serial Communication --ConTerrmType --conterm BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ConTermType
--ExtSerialConnector --extserial BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ExtSerialConnector
SYSCFG 37
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
--FailSafeBaud --fsbr BIOS.SerialCommSettings.FailSafeBaud
--RedirAfterBoot N/A BIOS.SerialCommSettings.RedirAfterBoot
--SerialComm --serialcomm BIOS.SerialCommSettings.SerialComm
--SerialPortAddress --serialportaddrsel BIOS.SerialCommSettings.SerialPortAddress
Slot Disablement --Slotn N/A BIOS.SlotDisablement.Slotn
SlotnBif NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 14G and later systems.
N/A N/A
System Information --SysMfrContactInfo* N/A BIOS.SysInformation.SysMfrContactInfo
--SystemBiosVersion* --biosver BIOS.SysInformation.SystemBiosVersion
--SystemManufacturer* N/A BIOS.SysInformation.SystemManufacturer
--SystemModelName* N/A BIOS.SysInformation.SystemModelName
--SystemServiceTag* --svctag/--syssvctag* BIOS.SysInformation.SystemServiceTag
--SystemMeVersion* NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A N/A
--UefiComplianceVersion NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SysInformation.UefiComplianceVersion
System Profile Settings -- CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl
N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.CollaborativeCpuPerf Ctrl
--MemFrequency --memorypowermode BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MemFrequency
--MemPatrolScrub N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MemPatrolScrub
--MemRefreshRate N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MemRefreshRate
--MemVolt N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MemVolt
--MonitorMwait N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MonitorMwait
--PowerSaver N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.PowerSaver
--ProcC1E --cpuc1e BIOS.SysProfileSettings.ProcC1E
--ProcCStates --cstates BIOS.SysProfileSettings.ProcCStates
--ProcPwrPerf --cpupowermode BIOS.SysProfileSettings.ProcPwrPerf
--ProcTurboMode --turbomode BIOS.SysProfileSettings.ProcTurboMode
--SysProfile --profile BIOS.SysProfileSettings.SysProfile
--EnergyEfficientTurbo NOTE: The option is supported only on
N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.EnergyEfficientTurbo
38 SYSCFG
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--ProcnTurboCoreNum NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A N/A
--EnergyPerformanceBias NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.EnergyPerformanceBi as
--UncoreFrequency NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
BIOS.SysProfileSettings.UncoreFrequency
System Security --AcPwrRcvry --acpower BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvry
--AcPwrRcvryDelay N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvryDelay
--AcPwrRcvryUserDelay N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvryUserDelay
--AesNi N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.Aesni
--IntelTxt --inteltxt BIOS.SysSecurity.IntelTxt
--NmiButton --nmibutton BIOS.SysSecurity.NmiButton
--PasswordStatus --pwdlock BIOS.SysSecurity.PasswordStatus
--PwrButton --powerbutton BIOS.SysSecurity.PwrButton
--SetupPassword --setuppwd BIOS.SysSecurity.SetupPassword
--SysPassword --syspwd BIOS.SysSecurity.SysPassword
--SystemCpldVersion* N/A N/A
--TcmActivation NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--tcmactivation BIOS.SysSecurity.TcmActivation
--TcmClear NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--tcmclear BIOS.SysSecurity.TcmClear
--TcmSecurity NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--tcmsecurity BIOS.SysSecurity.TcmSecurity
--TpmActivation --tpmactivation BIOS.SysSecurity.TpmActivation
SYSCFG 39
Table 19. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options (continued)
Group Option on 12G and Later systems
Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems
Equivalent RACADM Option
NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--TpmClear NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
--tpmclear BIOS.SysSecurity.TpmClear
--TpmSecurity --tpmsecurity BIOS.SysSecurity.TpmSecurity
--TpmStatus N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.TPMStatus
--TpmInfo NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A N/A
--TpmCommand NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.TpmCommand
--UefiVariableAccess N/A N/A
--SecureBoot NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.SecureBoot
--SecureBootPolicy NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.
N/A N/A
SecureBootMode NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.
N/A N/A
TpmPpiBypassClear N/A N/A
TpmPpiBypassProvision N/A N/A
UEFI Boot Settings --UefiBootSeq N/A BIOS.BiosBootSettings.UefiBootSeq
BIOS Option Settings
You can manage the BIOS start settings using the options in this group.
40 SYSCFG
BootSeq/bootseq
Table 20. SYSCFG Options Supported BootSeq/bootseq
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names separated by commas
On 12G and later systems: list of device names separated by commas
Description Enables, disables, and orders the devices in a boot order list. Only the devices present on the system are listed in the boot sequence.
NOTE: Only the devices listed in the bootseq are enabled.
Without an argument, this option prints the boot order list. The argument must be formatted as a comma-separated numerical list with no spaces. The list must be within the bounds of the current boot list, that is, the low and high numbers must match, and the same number of entries must be supplied. Systems that use a numerical list for boot order cannot be replicated.
Some systems also allow the boot order to be expressed as a list of device names. Device names are formatted as a name.location.instance string, where name is the name of the device, location is either slot or embedded (emb), and instance is the numerical position of the device. Some device name examples are shown below. Systems that support a list of device names for boot order can be replicated.
Numerical Lists Examples:
A:>syscfg --bootseq= 2,3,4,5,1,6
The following devices are set in the boot sequence:
Device 2:* usbcdrom.slot.1- USB CD-ROM device
Device 3:* virtualcd.slot.1 VIRTUAL CDROM
Device 4:* hdd.emb.0 -Hard drive C:
Device 5:* nic.emb.1 - MBA v2.5.12 Slot 0500
Device 1:* virtualfloppy.slot.1 - VIRTUAL FLOPPY
Device 6:* usbfloppy.slot.1 - USB Floppy device
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
Device Name Examples:
Example of device names:
nic.slot.1 (network adapter 1 in PCI slot)
nic.emb.1 (network adapter 1 on system board)
hdd.emb.0 (hard drive C:)
cdrom.emb.0 (CD drive)
Device Name Lists Examples
SYSCFG 41
Table 20. SYSCFG Options Supported BootSeq/bootseq (continued)
Example 1:
#syscfg --bootseq
The following devices are set in the boot sequence:
Device 2:* cdrom.emb.0 - IDE CD-ROM device
Device 3:* hdd.emb.0 - Hard drive C:
Device 5:* virtual.slot.1 - VIRTUALCDROM DRIVE
Device 1:* floppy.emb.0 - Diskette drive A:1226
Device 6:* virtual.slot.2 - VIRTUALFLOPPY DRIVE
Device 4:* nic.emb.1 - IBA GE Slot 0638 v1226
Example 2:
#syscfg --bootseq=nic.emb.1,virtual.slot.1
The following devices are set in the boot sequence:
Device 4:* nic.emb.1 - IBA GE Slot 0638 v
Device 5:* virtual.slot.1 - VIRTUALCDROM DRIVE
Device 2: cdrom.emb.0 - IDE CD-ROM device
Device 3: hdd.emb.0 - Hard drive C:
Device 1: floppy.emb.0 - Diskette drive A:
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
HddSeq/devseq
Table 21. SYSCFG Options Supported HddSeq/devseq
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names separated by commas
On 12G and later systems: list of device names separated by commas
Description Sets the hard-drive sequence for a system. The first hard drive in the system will be the bootable C: drive in DOS/DOS-like operating systems. Without an argument, this option displays the device list. The argument must be formatted as a comma- separated numerical list of device index values. The list must be within the bounds of the current boot list. For example, the low and high numbers must match. Systems that use a numerical list for boot order cannot be replicated. This option is applicable when bootmode is set to Bios and has no effect when bootmodeis set to Uefi.
42 SYSCFG
Table 21. SYSCFG Options Supported HddSeq/devseq (continued)
Some systems allow the boot order to be expressed as a list of device names. Systems that support device names also support replication of the boot order through the output file option. Device names are formatted as a name.location.instance string, where name is the name of the device, location is either slot or embedded (emb) , and instance is the numerical position of the device. Some device name examples are shown below. Systems that support a list of device names for boot order can be replicated.
Example 1:
A:>syscfg --devseq
The following devices are set in the disk device sequence:
Device 1:* hdd.emb.0 - System BIOS boot devices
Device 2:* scsiraid.slot.3 - PERC 5/E Adapter(bus 02 dev 02)
Device 3:* usbkey.slot.0 - Hard-disk-emulated USB flash drive
Example 2:
A:>syscfg --devseq= hdd.emb.1,scsiraid.emb.1
The following devices are set in the disk device sequence:
Device 1:* hdd.emb.0 - System BIOS boot devices
Device 2:* scsiraid.emb.1 - AIC-7899, A:00 Seagate
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
Boot Settings
You can manage the boot settings using the options in this group.
BootMode/bootmode
Table 22. BootMode/bootmode
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: uefi, bios
On 12G and later systems: Uefi, Bios
Description Determines the boot mode of the system. Allows booting to Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) -capable operating systems or ensures compatibility with operating systems that do not support UEFI.
NOTE: If boot mode is modified, reboot the system before executing the OS installation scripts.
SYSCFG 43
Table 22. BootMode/bootmode (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --bootmode=uefi
bootmode=uefi
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 11G and later systems
BootSeqRetry/bootseqretry
Table 23. BootSeqRetry/bootseqretry
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the boot sequence retry feature. When set to enable, the system re-attempts to set the boot order after a 30-second time-out if the last boot attempt has failed. This option can be replicated.
A:>syscfg --bootseqretry=enable
bootseqretry=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
HddFailover/hddfailover
Table 24. HddFailover/hddfailover
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: off, on
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Descriptionoff Specifies the device in the Hard Disk Drive Sequence menu that has not been attempted in the boot sequence. When set to on, all devices are attempted in an order in which they are configured. When set to off, only the first device in the hard disk sequence is attempted. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --hddfailover=on
hddfailover=on
Applicable Systems All systems except PowerEdge 12G systems.
SetBootOrderFqddn
Table 25. SetBootOrderFqddn
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA
On 13G and later systems: <string>
Description Displays the list of FQDDs representing the boot list to be applied on the next boot.
44 SYSCFG
Table 25. SetBootOrderFqddn (continued)
NOTE: The value of n in SetBootOrderFqddn can be 116.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SetBootOrderFqdd1=xxxx,yyy,zzzz SetBootOrderFqdd1=xxxx,yyy,zzzz
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems
SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn
Table 26. SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA
On 13G and later systems: <string>
Description Displays the list of FQDDs representing the legacy hard-disk drive list to be applied on the next boot.
NOTE: The value of n in SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn can be 116.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SetLegacyHddOrderFqdd1=xxxx,yyy,zzzz SetLegacyHddOrderFqdd1=xxxx,yyy,zzzz
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems
Integrated Devices
You can use the options in this group to manage the integrated devices such as internal NIC and integrated USB.
EmbNic1/embnic1
Table 27. EmbNic1/embnic1
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off, onnopxe, onwithiscsi
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, EnabledPxe, EnablediScsi, Disabled
Description Turns the first embedded NIC on with PXE on, off, or on without PXE enabled. This option is only valid for supported systems that have a NIC. If the NIC is enabled without PXE, it is not found in the boot order. If the NIC is turned on with PXE, it is placed at the end of the boot order. The onnopxe argument is not supported on all systems.
The onwithiscsi argument enables the embedded NIC to boot from the iSCSI server. The embnic1 option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic1=onnopxe
embnic1=onnopxe
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SYSCFG 45
EmbNic1Nic2/embnic1nic2
Table 28. EmbNic1Nic2/embnic1nic2
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled, DisabledOs
Description Enables or disables the operating system interface of the first and second embedded NIC controllers.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic1nic2=enable
--embnic1nic2=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems
EmbNic2/embnic2
Table 29. EmbNic2/embnic2
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off, onnopxe, onwithiscsi
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, EnabledPxe, EnablediScsi, Disabled
Description Turns the second embedded NIC on with PXE on, off, or on without PXE enabled. This option is only valid for supported systems that have a NIC. If the NIC is enabled without PXE, it is not found in the boot order. If the NIC is turned on with PXE, it is placed at the end of the boot order. The onnopxe argument is not supported on all systems.
The onwithiscsi argument enables the embedded NIC to boot from the iSCSI server. The embnic1 option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic2=onnopxe
embnic2=onnopxe
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
EmbNic3/embnic3
Table 30. EmbNic3/embnic3
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off, onnopxe, onwithiscsi
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, EnabledPxe, EnablediScsi, Disabled
Description Turns the third embedded NIC on with PXE on, off, or on without PXE enabled. This option is only valid for supported systems that have a NIC. If the NIC is enabled without PXE, it is not found in the boot order. If the NIC is turned on with PXE, it is placed at the end of the boot order. The onnopxe argument is not supported on all systems.
The onwithiscsi argument enables the embedded NIC to boot from the iSCSI server. The embnic1 option can be replicated.
46 SYSCFG
Table 30. EmbNic3/embnic3 (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic3=onnopxe
embnic3=onnopxe
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
EmbNic3Nic4/embnic3nic4
Table 31. EmbNic3Nic4/embnic3nic4
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled, DisabledOs
Description Enables or disables the operating system interface of the third and fourth embedded NIC controllers.
Example:
A:>syscfg --EmbNic3Nic4=enable
--embnic3nic4=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems
EmbNic4/embnic4
Table 32. EmbNic4/embnic4
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off, onnopxe, onwithiscsi
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, EnabledPxe, EnablediScsi, Disabled
Description Turns the fourth embedded NIC on with PXE enabled, off, or on without PXE enabled. This option is only valid for supported systems that have four embedded NICs. If the fourth NIC is enabled without PXE, it is not found in the boot order. If the fourth NIC is turned on with PXE, it is placed at the end of the boot order. The onnopxe argument is not supported on all systems. This option can be replicated.
The onwithiscsi argument enables the embedded NIC to boot from the iSCSI server. The embnic4 option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic4=onnopxe
embnic4=onnopxe
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
EmbVideo/embvideoctrl
Table 33. EmbVideo/embvideoctrl
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
SYSCFG 47
Table 33. EmbVideo/embvideoctrl (continued)
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the BIOS support for the Embedded Video Controller
Example:
A:>syscfg --embvideoctrl=enable
embvideoctrl=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems
IoatEngine/ioat
Table 34. IoatEngine/ioat
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the I/O Acceleration Technology (I/OAT) DMA Engine option. This option must be enabled only if the hardware and software support I/OAT on your system. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ioat=enabled ioat=enabled
Table 34. IoatEngine/ioat
Applicable Systems All systems except PowerEdge 12G systems
IntegratedNetwork1
Table 35. IntegratedNetwork1
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, DisabledOs
Description Enables or disables Integrated Network 1. NOTE: If set to DisabledOs, the Integrated NICs may still be available for
shared network access by the embedded management controller. This function must be configured through the NIC management utilities provided with your system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IntegratedNetwork1=Enabled
IntegratedNetwork1=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
48 SYSCFG
IntegratedNetwork2
Table 36. IntegratedNetwork2
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, DisabledOs
Description Enables or disables Integrated Network 2. NOTE: If set to DisabledOs, the Integrated NICs may still be available for
shared network access by the embedded management controller. This function must be configured through the NIC management utilities provided with your system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IntegratedNetwork2=Enabled
IntegratedNetwork2=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
IntegratedRaid/integratedraid
Table 37. IntegratedRaid/integratedraid
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the integrated RAID controller. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --integratedraid=disable
integratedraid=disable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
IntegratedSas/integratedsas
Table 38. IntegratedSas/integratedsas
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the integrated SAS controller. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --integratedsas=enable
integratedsas=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SYSCFG 49
InternalSdCard/embsdcard
Table 39. InternalSdCard/embsdcard
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off
On 12G and later systems: On, Off
Description Enables or disables the embedded SD card port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embsdcard=off
embsdcard=off
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
InternalSdCardRedundancy/embsdcardredundancy
Table 40. InternalSdCardRedundancy/embsdcardredundancy
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: mirrormode, disable
On 12G and later systems: Mirror, Disabled
Description Sets the internal SD card port redundancy to Mirror mode or Disabled.
When set to Mirror mode, read-write operation occurs on both the secure digital (SD) cards. When one of the SD cards fails and is replaced, on booting, the data of the active card is copied to the offline card.
When set to Disabled, read-write operation occurs only on SD card 1.
NOTE: On Blade systems, disable the vflash key to configure this option.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embsdcardredundancy=mirrormode embsdcardredundancy=mirrormode
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
InternalUsb/internalusb
Table 41. InternalUsb/internalusb
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: off, on
On 12G and later systems: On, Off
Description Turns the internal USB port on or off.
Example:
A:>syscfg --internalusb=on
internalusb=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
50 SYSCFG
InternalUsb1/internalusbport1
Table 42. InternalUsb1/internalusbport1
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off
On 12G and later systems: On, Off
Description Turns the internal USB port 1on or off.
Example:
A:>syscfg --internalusbport1=on
internalusbport1=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
InternalUsb2/internalusbport2
Table 43. InternalUsb2/internalusbport2
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off
On 12G and later systems: On, Off
Description Turns the internal USB port 2 on or off.
Example:
A:>syscfg --internalusbport2=on
internalusbport2=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
OsWatchdogTimer/oswatchdogtimer
Table 44. OsWatchdogTimer/oswatchdogtimer
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Aids in the recovery of the operating system when the system stops responding. When this option is set to enable, the operating system is allowed to initialize the timer. When set to disable (the default), the timer has no effect on the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --oswatchdogtimer=enable
oswatchdogtimer=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SYSCFG 51
SriovGlobalEnable/sriov
Table 45. SriovGlobalEnable/sriov
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables support for Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) devices.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sriov=disable
sriov=disable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
UsbPorts/usbports
Table 46. UsbPorts/usbports
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, enablebackonly, disable
On 12G and later systems: AllOn, OnlyBackPortsOn, AllOff
Description Enables or disables USB ports. When set to enable, it enables all user accessible USB ports. When set to enablebackonlyor OnlyBackPortsOn, the front user- accessible ports are disabled. When set to disable or AllOff, both front and back user accessible ports are disabled. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --usbports=enable
usbports=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
MmioAbove4Gb
Table 47. MmioAbove4Gb
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description This field helps in enabling support for PCIe devices that require large amount of memory. Enable this option only for 64-bit operating systems.
Example:
A:>syscfg --MmioAbove4Gb=Enabled MmioAbove4Gb=Enabled
Table 47. MmioAbove4Gb
Applicable Systems All 12G and later PowerEdge systems
52 SYSCFG
Usb3Setting
Table 48. Usb3Setting
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA On 13G and later systems: Auto, Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the USB 3.0 port. Auto USB ports operate at USB 2.0 speed.
Enabled USB ports operates at USB 3.0 speed.
Disabled USB 3.0 host controller is disabled and the speed is set to USB 2.0.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Usb3Setting=Auto Usb3Setting=Auto
Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 13G systems
CurrentEmbVideoState
Table 49. CurrentEmbVideoState
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the current state of the Embedded Video Controller.
Example:
A:>syscfg --CurrentEmbVideoState CurrentEmbVideoState=xxx
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
InternalSdCardPrimaryCard
Table 50. InternalSdCardPrimaryCard
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA
On 13G and later systems: SdCard1, SdCard2
Description Sets an internal SD card as the primary SD card.
A:>syscfg --InternalSdCardPrimaryCard=SdCard1 InternalSdCardPrimaryCard=SdCard1
Table 50. InternalSdCardPrimaryCard
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems
SYSCFG 53
IscsiDev1Con
Table 51. IscsiDev1Con
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: OneWay, Mutual
Description Sets the Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) type of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnChapType can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1ChapType=Mutual IscsiDev1Con1ChapType=Mutual
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
IscsiDev1Con
Table 52. IscsiDev1Con
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnDhcpEnDis can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1DhcpEnDis=Enabled IscsiDev1Con1DhcpEnDis=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
IscsiDev1ConnEnDis
Table 53. IscsiDev1ConnEnDis
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Sets the configuration of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnEnDis can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1EnDis=Enabled IscsiDev1Con1EnDis=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
IscsiDev1ConnInterface
Table 54. IscsiDev1ConnInterface
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: <FQDD name>
54 SYSCFG
Table 54. IscsiDev1ConnInterface (continued)
Description Displays the NIC interface of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnInterface can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1Interface IscsiDev1Con1Interface=XXXX
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
IscsiDev1ConnProtocol
Table 55. IscsiDev1ConnProtocol
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: IPv4, IPv6
Description Displays the IP used for the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnProtocol can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1Protocol IscsiDev1Con1Interface=IPv4
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
IscsiDev1ConnTimeout
Table 56. IscsiDev1ConnTimeout
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: <integer>
Description Sets the time-out of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnTimeout can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1Timeout=XXXX IscsiDev1Con1Timeout=XXXX
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
IscsiDev1ConnVlanEnDis
Table 57. IscsiDev1ConnVlanEnDis
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the virtual LAN (VLAN) configuration of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnVlanEnDis can be 1 or 2.
SYSCFG 55
Table 57. IscsiDev1ConnVlanEnDis (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1VlanEnDis=Enabled IscsiDev1Con1VlanEnDis=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
IscsiDev1ConnVlanId
Table 58. IscsiDev1ConnVlanId
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: <integer>
Description Displays the virtual LAN (VLAN) ID of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnVlanId can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1VlanId IscsiDev1Con1VlanId=XXXX
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
IscsiDev1ConnAuth
Table 59. IscsiDev1ConnAuth
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: None, Chap
Description Sets the authentication type of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnAuth can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1Auth=None IscsiDev1Con1Auth=None
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
Network Settings
You can manage the system network settings using the options in this group.
PxeDevnEnDis
Table 60. PxeDevnEnDis
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
56 SYSCFG
Table 60. PxeDevnEnDis (continued)
Description Enables or disables the Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) device. When enabled, a Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) boot option is created for the PXE device.
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnEnDis can be 14.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1EnDis=Enabled PxeDev1EnDis=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
PxeDevnInterface
Table 61. PxeDevnInterface
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the NIC interface used for the PXE device.
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnInterface can be 14.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1Interface
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
PxeDevnProtocol
Table 62. PxeDevnProtocol
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the IP version used for the PXE device.
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnVlanId can be 14.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1Protocol
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
PxeDevnVlanEnDis
Table 63. PxeDevnVlanEnDis
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the virtual LAN (VLAN) of the PXE device.
SYSCFG 57
Table 63. PxeDevnVlanEnDis (continued)
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnVlanEnDis can be 14.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1VlanEnDis=Enabled PxeDev1VlanEnDis=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
PxeDevnVlanId
Table 64. PxeDevnVlanId
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: <integer>
Description Sets the virtual LAN (VLAN) of the PXE device.
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnVlanId can be 14.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1VlanId=XXXX
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
PxeDevnVlanPriority
Table 65. PxeDevnVlanPriority
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: <integer>
Description Sets the virtual LAN (VLAN) priority of the PXE device.
NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnVlanPriority can be 14.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PxeDev1VlanPriority=X PxeDev1VlanPriority=X
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
HttpDev
Table 66. HttpDev
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: NIC.Integrated.1-1-1, NIC.Integrated.1-2-1, NIC.Integrated.1-3-1, NIC.Integrated.1-4-1
Description The NIC interface used for HTTP device. The value of n in HttpDevnInterface can be from 1 to 4.
58 SYSCFG
Table 66. HttpDev
Example:
A:>syscfg --HttpDev1Interface=NIC.Integrated.1-2-1
HttpDev1Interface=NIC.Integrated.1-1-1
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
HttpDev
Table 67. HttpDev
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: IPv4, IPv6
Description Determines whether the Internet Protocol version 4 older version or the Internet Protocol version 6 the newest version is used for this device. The value of n in HttpDevnProtocol can be from 1 to 4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --HttpDev2Protocol=IPv4
HttpDev2Protocol=IPv4
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
HttpDev
Table 68. HttpDev
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Set the field to Enabled if your DNS or HTTP servers reside on a Virtual LAN (VLAN). The value of n in HttpDevnVlanEnDis can be from 1 to 4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --HttpDev3VlanEnDis=Enabled
HttpDev3VlanEnDis=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
HttpDev
Table 69. HttpDev
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
SYSCFG 59
Table 69. HttpDev
Description When VLAN is enabled, identifies which of the 4094 possible VLANs contains the desired DNS or HTTP servers. This value can be 1 4094 inclusive. Where n is from 1 to 4.
Example:
A:>syscfg --HttpDev2VlanId=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
Memory Settings
You can manage the memory-related configuration settings using the objects in this group.
CorrEccSmi/memprefailurenotify
Table 70. CorrEccSmi/memprefailurenotify
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the Correctable ECC SMIs. When enabled, the SMIs report the Correctable ECC errors.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --CorrEccSmi=Enabled
CorrEccSmi=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
DynamicCoreAllocation
Table 71. DynamicCoreAllocation
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the operating system capability to maintain the logical processors in the idle state to reduce power consumption.
Example:
A:>syscfg --DynamicCoreAllocation=Enabled
DynamicCoreAllocation=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
60 SYSCFG
MemOpMode/memoperatingmode
Table 72. MemOpMode/memoperatingmode
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: optimizer, mirror, advancedecc
On 12G and later systems: OptimizerMode, SpareMode, MirrorMode, AdvEccMode, SpareWithAdvEccMode
Description Selects the memory operating mode. This feature is active only if a valid memory configuration is detected. When OptimizerMode is enabled, the DRAM controllers operate independently in 64-bit mode and provide optimized memory performance. When MirrorMode is enabled, only half of the installed memory is reported as available to the operating system. When AdvECCMode is enabled, the two DRAM controllers are combined in 128-bit mode to provide optimized reliability. Memory that cannot be teamed by the controllers is not reported to the operating system. When SpareMode is enabled, the memory size reported to the operating system does not include the spare portion.
Example:
A:>syscfg --memoperatingmode=optimizer
memoperatingmode=optimizer
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems
MemOpVoltage/-dimmvoltage
Table 73. MemOpVoltage/-dimmvoltage
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: auto, 1.5
On 12G and later systems: AutoVolt, Volt15V
Description Sets the DIMM voltage selection. When set to AutoVolt(default value), the system automatically sets the voltage to the optimal setting based upon the DIMM capability and the installed DIMM population. This option also enables setting the system DIMM voltage to a higher (1.5V) setting if the DIMMs support multiple voltages and have been set to a lower voltage.
NOTE: Volt15V represents 1.5 Volt.
Example:
A:>syscfg --dimmvoltage=auto
dimmvoltage=auto
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
MemTest/memtest
Table 74. MemTest/memtest
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the POST extended memory test.
SYSCFG 61
Table 74. MemTest/memtest (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --MemTest=Enabled MemTest=Enabled
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
NodeInterleave/nodeinterleave
Table 75. NodeInterleave/nodeinterleave
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables node interleaving, if the system is configured with matching memory. If set to disable (default), the system supports Non-Uniform Memory (NUMA) architecture memory configurations. This field is active only if the memory configuration can support node interleaving.
NOTE: The nodeinterleave option is same as memintleave option. For
more information, see memintleave.
Example:
A:>syscfg --nodeinterleave=enable
nodeinterleave=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
redmem
Table 76. redmem
Valid Arguments off, spare, mirror, DDDC
Description Allows selection of the required redundant memory mode, or disables redundant memory. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --redmem=off redmem=off
Applicable Systems PowerEdge systems with Intel Xeon 7500 series processor
SerialDbgOut
Table 77. SerialDbgOut
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the RC/MRC Serial debug output.
62 SYSCFG
Table 77. SerialDbgOut (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --SerialDbgOut=Enabled
SerialDbgOut=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
SysMemSize/mem*
Table 78. SysMemSize/mem*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: read-only
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of main memory in the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --mem
mem=500
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems.
SnoopMode/snoopfilter
Table 79. SnoopMode/snoopfilter
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the snoop filter option from the system BIOS.
Example:
A:>syscfg --snoopfilter=enable
snoopfilter=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SysMemSpeed*
Table 80. SysMemSpeed*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the clock frequency of the main memory.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SysMemSpeed
SYSCFG 63
Table 80. SysMemSpeed* (continued)
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
SysMemType*
Table 81. SysMemType*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the type of main memory installed in the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SysMemType
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
SysMemVolt*
Table 82. SysMemVolt*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the voltage of the main memory.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SysMemVolt
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
VideoMem*
Table 83. VideoMem*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the total amount of video memory available to the embedded video controller.
Example:
A:>syscfg --VideoMem
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
ClusterOnDie
Table 84. ClusterOnDie
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
64 SYSCFG
Table 84. ClusterOnDie (continued)
Description Enables or disables the Cluster On Die option. When enabled, the feature enhances the performance of the system with two caching agents.
A:>syscfg --ClusterOnDie=Enabled ClusterOnDie=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
RedundantOsLocation
Table 85. RedundantOsLocation
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
Description Specifies the backup device for the Redundant OS Control feature. When Redundant OS Boot is set to Enabled, the BIOS will boot to this device.
NOTE: In order for the devices and slots listed below to show up as optional backup devices, their settings must be as shown:
SD Card Port -- On Internal USB Port -- On Embedded SATA -- anything other than Off PCIe Slot Disablement -- Enabled
Example:
A:>syscfg --RedundantOsLocation
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems.
Miscellaneous Settings
You can manage the miscellaneous settings using the options in this group.
AssetTag/asset*
Table 86. AssetTag/asset*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: read-only
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Reports or sets the customer-programmable asset tag number for a system. This value can be replicated.
NOTE: The Asset Tag is a string assigned to a system, usually by an administrator, for security or tracking purposes. The Asset Tag can be up to 10 characters long and can contain only printable US-ASCII characters. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.
Example:
A:>syscfg --asset=<ASSETTAG>
asset=ASSETTAG
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems except Blade systems
SYSCFG 65
ErrPrompt/f1f2promptonerror
Table 87. ErrPrompt/f1f2promptonerror
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the BIOS to prompt F1 or F2 error codes.
Example:
A:>syscfg --f1f2promptonerror=enable
f1f2promptonerror=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 10G and later systems
InSystemCharacterization
Table 88. InSystemCharacterization
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: FastBoot, OptimizedBoot, Disabled
Description In-System Characterization (ISC) runs during power-on self-test (POST) on detecting relevant changes in the system configuration to optimize power and performance. ISC takes about 20 seconds to run, and a system restart is required to apply the system configuration changes. The FastBoot option runs ISC and continues without applying ISC results until the next system restart. The OptimizedBoot option runs ISC and forces an immediate system restart to apply the results. If set to Disabled, ISC does not run.
Example:
A:>syscfg --InSystemCharacterization=FastBoot InSystemCharacterization=FastBoot
Table 88. InSystemCharacterization
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
NumLock/numlock
Table 89. NumLock/numlock
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off
On 12G and later systems: On, Off
Description Turns the keyboard number lock on or off. This option is not replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --numlock=on
numlock=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
66 SYSCFG
ForceInt10
Table 90. ForceInt10
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA
On 13G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Determines whether the system BIOS loads the legacy video (INT 10h) option ROM from the video controller or not. Set to Enabled if the operating system does not support UEFI video output standards.
NOTE: This field is supported only in UEFI boot mode. This field cannot be set to Enabled if UEFI SecureBoot is enabled.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ForceInt10=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems
InSystemCharacterization
Table 91. InSystemCharacterization
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: FastBoot, OptimizedBoot, Disabled
Description In-System Characterization (ISC) runs during power-on self-test (POST) on detecting relevant changes in the system configuration to optimize power and performance. ISC takes about 20 seconds to run, and a system restart is required to apply the system configuration changes. The FastBoot option runs ISC and continues without applying ISC results until the next system restart. The OptimizedBoot option runs ISC and forces an immediate system restart to apply the results. If set to Disabled, ISC does not run.
Example:
A:>syscfg --InSystemCharacterization=FastBoot InSystemCharacterization=FastBoot
Table 91. InSystemCharacterization
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
ReportKbdErr/rptkeyerr
Table 92. ReportKbdErr/rptkeyerr
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Report, Noreport
Description Enables or disables the BIOS to report keyboard errors during POST. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --rptkeyerr=disable
rptkeyerr=disable
SYSCFG 67
Table 92. ReportKbdErr/rptkeyerr (continued)
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
DellAutoDiscovery
Table 93. DellAutoDiscovery
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: PlatformDefault, AutoDiscovery, ManualControl
Description Allow BIOS to dynamically scan for PCIe devices rather than relying strictly on system slot definitions. The Platform Default setting will strictly follow the system slot definitions when configuring each PCIe slot.
The Auto Discovery setting will analyze the installed PCIe cards and determine the correct configuration for each slot. This may include bifurcation of the slot for multiple devices. Manual Control allows the user to override bifurcation settings for each slot.
Example:
A:>syscfg --DellAutoDiscovery=PlatformDefault
DellAutoDiscovery=AutoDiscovery
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
DellWyseP25BIOSAccess
Table 94. DellWyseP25BIOSAcess
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description This field enables or disables Remote user to access BIOS Setup via Dell Wyse P25/P45 Portal. If P25/P45 BIOS Access is turned OFF, it cannot be turned back on remotely from the P25/P45. Turning this feature OFF will also prevent keyboard and mouse access to Diagnostics, Boot Options, and other Pre-OS functionality.
Example:
A:>syscfg --DellWyseP25BIOSAccess=Enabled
DellWyseP25BIOSAccess=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
One-Time Boot
You can manage the one time boot settings using the options in this group.
OneTimeBootMode
Table 95. OneTimeBootMode
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
68 SYSCFG
Table 95. OneTimeBootMode (continued)
On 12G and later systems: Disabled, OneTimeBootSeq, OneTimeHddSeq, OneTimeUefiBoot Seq, OneTimeCustomBootSeqStr, OneTimeCustomH ddSeqStr, OneTimeCustomU efiBootSeqStr
Description Allows to set the one-time boot sequence.
Example:
A:>syscfg --OneTimeBootMode=Disabled
OneTimeBootMode=Disabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
OneTimeBootSeqDev/nextboot
Table 96. OneTimeBootSeqDev/nextboot
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: <valid device name> (from the bootseq option device list)
On 12G and later systems: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names separated by commas
Description Sets the specified device as the first device in the boot order for the next boot cycle only. The device must be a device from the bootseq option device list. Run the bootseq option to see a list of available device names. For more information, see --bootmode . This option is not replicated. If Boot Mode is set to UEFI, the system temporarily switches the Boot Mode to BIOS when attempting a one-time boot to the device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --OneTimeBootSeqDev= 2,3,4,5,1,6
The following devices are set in the boot sequence:
Device 2:* usbcdrom.slot.1- USB CD-ROM device
Device 3:* virtualcd.slot.1 VIRTUAL CDROM
Device 4:* hdd.emb.0 -Hard drive C:
Device 5:* nic.emb.1 - MBA v2.5.12 Slot 0500
Device 1:* virtualfloppy.slot.1 - VIRTUAL FLOPPY
Device 6:* usbfloppy.slot.1 - USB Floppy device
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SYSCFG 69
OneTimeHddSeqDev
Table 97. OneTimeHddSeqDev
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names separated by commas
Description Determines the one-time boot hard disk when the One-Time Boot Device List is set to BIOS Hard-Disk Drive Sequence Device. If Boot Mode is set to UEFI, the system temporarily switches the Boot Mode to BIOS when attempting a one-time boot to the device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --OneTimeHddSeqDev= 2,3,4,5,1,6
The following devices are set in the boot sequence:
Device 2:* usbcdrom.slot.1- USB CD-ROM device
Device 3:* virtualcd.slot.1 VIRTUAL CDROM
Device 4:* hdd.emb.0 -Hard drive C:
Device 5:* nic.emb.1 - MBA v2.5.12 Slot 0500
Device 1:* virtualfloppy.slot.1 - VIRTUAL FLOPPY
Device 6:* usbfloppy.slot.1 - USB Floppy device
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev
Table 98. OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names separated by commas
Description Determines the one-time boot device when the One-Time Boot Device List is set to UEFI Boot Sequence Device. If Boot Mode is set to BIOS, the system temporarily switches the Boot Mode to UEFI when attempting a one-time boot to the device.
70 SYSCFG
Table 98. OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev= 2,3,4,5,1,6
The following devices are set in the boot sequence:
Device 2:* usbcdrom.slot.1- USB CD-ROM device
Device 3:* virtualcd.slot.1 VIRTUAL CDROM
Device 4:* hdd.emb.0 -Hard drive C:
Device 5:* nic.emb.1 - MBA v2.5.12 Slot 0500
Device 1:* virtualfloppy.slot.1 - VIRTUAL FLOPPY
Device 6:* usbfloppy.slot.1 - USB Floppy device
NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Processor Settings
You can manage the processor settings using the options in this group.
DataReuse/datareuse
Table 99. DataReuse/datareuse
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables (default value) or disables data reuse in cache. Set to enable for High Performance Computing (HPC) applications. Set to disable for energy efficiency. This option can be replicated.
A:>syscfg --datareuse=enable
datareuse=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems
DcuIpPrefetcher
Table 100. DcuIpPrefetcher
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables (default value) or disables DCU IP Prefetcher.
SYSCFG 71
Table 100. DcuIpPrefetcher (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --DcuIpPrefetcher=Enabled DcuIpPrefetcher=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
DcuStreamerPrefetcher/dcustreamerprefetcher
Table 101. DcuStreamerPrefetcher/dcustreamerprefetcher
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables DCU Streamer Prefetcher. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --dcustreamerprefetcher=enable
dcustreamerprefetcher=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems
LogicalProc/logicproc
Table 102. LogicalProc/logicproc
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the logical processors of a system. When this option is set to Enabled (default value), the BIOS reports all logical processors. When set to Disabled, the BIOS only reports one logical processor per core. Each processor core supports maximum two logical processors. This option is available on all systems that support logical processing (Hyperthreading).
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --logicproc=enable
logicproc=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
Proc1Brand*
Table 103. Proc1Brand*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the brand text provided by the processor manufacturer.
72 SYSCFG
Table 103. Proc1Brand* (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1Brand
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc1Id*
Table 104. Proc1Id*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the family, model, and stepping values of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1Id
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc1L2Cache*
Table 105. Proc1L2Cache*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1L2Cache
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc1L3Cache*
Table 106. Proc1L3Cache*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1L3Cache
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
SYSCFG 73
Proc1NumCores*
Table 107. Proc1NumCores*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the number of cores in the processor package.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1NumCores
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc2Brand*
Table 108. Proc2Brand*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the brand text provided by the processor manufacturer.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc2Brand
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc2Id*
Table 109. Proc2Id*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the family, model, and stepping values of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc2Id
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc2L2Cache*
Table 110. Proc2L2Cache*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
74 SYSCFG
Table 110. Proc2L2Cache* (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc2L2Cache
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc2L3Cache*
Table 111. Proc2L3Cache*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc2L3Cache
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc2NumCores*
Table 112. Proc2NumCores*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the number of cores in the processor package.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc2NumCores
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc3Brand*
Table 113. Proc3Brand*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the brand text provided by the processor manufacturer.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc3Brand
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
SYSCFG 75
Proc3Id*
Table 114. Proc3Id*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the family, model, and stepping values of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc3Id
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc3L2Cache*
Table 115. Proc3L2Cache*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc3L2Cache
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc3L3Cache*
Table 116. Proc3L3Cache*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc3L3Cache
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc3NumCores*
Table 117. Proc3NumCores*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the number of cores in the processor package.
76 SYSCFG
Table 117. Proc3NumCores* (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc3NumCores
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc4Brand*
Table 118. Proc4Brand*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the brand text provided by the processor manufacturer.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc4Brand
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc4Id*
Table 119. Proc4Id*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the family, model, and stepping values of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc4Id
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc4L2Cache*
Table 120. Proc4L2Cache*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc4L2Cache
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
SYSCFG 77
Proc4L3Cache
Table 121. Proc4L3Cache
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc4L3Cache
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc4NumCores*
Table 122. Proc4NumCores*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the number of cores in the processor package.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc4NumCores
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
Proc64bit*
Table 123. Proc64bit
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Specifies if the installed processor supports 64-bit extensions or not.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc64bit
Applicable Systems On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems and later systems.
ProcAdjCacheLine/adjcacheprefetch
Table 124. ProcAdjCacheLine / adjcacheprefetch
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: Enable, Disable
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description When set to Enabled (default), the system is optimized for applications that require high utilization of sequential memory access. When set to Disabled, the system is optimized for applications that require high utilization of random memory access.
78 SYSCFG
Table 124. ProcAdjCacheLine / adjcacheprefetch (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --adjcacheprefetch=enable
adjcacheprefetch=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
ProcBusSpeed*
Table 125. ProcBusSpeed
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the bus speed of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ProcBusSpeed
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems.
ProcCores/cpucore
Table 126. ProcCores/cpucore
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, all
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: single, all, dual, quad, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18
Description Controls the number of enabled cores in each processor. The default value is set to the maximum number of cores per processor. The number of cores depends on the processor. Reading the cpucore that is set to the highest value of number of cores displays as all.
For example, if six-core CPU is installed, after setting to the highest value, 6, when you read the cpucore, it displays as all.
Example:
A:>syscfg --cpucore=1
cpucore=1
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
ProcCoreSpeed*
Table 127. ProcCoreSpeed
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
SYSCFG 79
Table 127. ProcCoreSpeed (continued)
Description Displays the clock speed of the processors.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ProcCoreSpeed
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems.
ProcExecuteDisable/cpuxdsupport
Table 128. ProcExecuteDisable / cpuxdsupport
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the Execute Disable Memory Protection Technology feature of the CPU.
Example:
A:>syscfg --cpuxdsupport=enable
cpuxdsupport=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems running on Intel processors.
ProcHwPrefetcher/hwprefetcher
Table 129. ProcHwPrefetcher / hwprefetcher
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the hardware prefetcher. Processor preempts what data might be needed next, when set to enable. When some data is found, it loads several steps in advance.
Processor does not preempt, when set to disable.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --hwprefetcher=enable
hwprefetcher=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
ProcVirtualization / virtualization
Table 130. ProcVirtualization / virtualization
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
80 SYSCFG
Table 130. ProcVirtualization / virtualization (continued)
Description Enables or disables virtualization in the CPU. When set to enable, it enables the additional hardware capabilities from Virtualization technology in applicable CPUs.
When set to disable, it disables the additional hardware capabilities from Virtualization technology.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --virtualization=enable
virtualization=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
QpiBandwidthPriority / qpibandwidthpriority
Table 131. QpiBandwidthPriority / qpibandwidthpriority
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: compute, io
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: InputOutput, Compute
Description Sets the bandwidth priority to compute or io. Set to compute for computation- intensive applications. Set to io for I/O intensive applications. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --qpibandwidthpriority=compute
qpibandwidthpriority=compute
Applicable Systems Dells 11th generation PowerEdge and later systems
QpiSpeed
Table 132. QpiSpeed
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: MaxDataRate, 9GTps, 8GTps, 7GTps, 6GTps
Description Sets the speed of the processor.
Example:
A:>syscfg --QpiSpeed=8GTps
QpiSpeed=8GTps
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SYSCFG 81
RtidSetting
Table 133. RtidSetting
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description When set to Enabled, it allocates more (Requestor Transaction IDs) RTIDs to the remote socket thereby increasing cache performance between the sockets.
Example:
A:>syscfg --RtidSetting=Enabled
RtidSetting=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
ProcnControlledTurbo
Table 134. ProcnControlledTurbo
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable
On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Disabled, ControlledTurboLimit, ControlledTurboLimitMinus1, ControlledTurboLimitMinus2, ControlledTurboLimitMinus3
Description Controls the turbo engagement. Enable this option only if SysProfile is set to
PerfOptimized.
NOTE: The value of n in ProcnControlledTurbo can be 14.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1ControlledTurbo=Disabled
Table 134. ProcnControlledTurbo
Applicable Systems On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems
ProcConfigTdp
Table 135. ProcConfigTdp
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Nominal, Level1, Level2
Description Configures the Thermal Design Power (TDP).
Example:
A:>syscfg --ProcConfigTdp=Nominal ProcConfigTdp=Nominal
Table 135. ProcConfigTdp
Applicable Systems On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems and later systems.
82 SYSCFG
ProcX2Apic
Table 136. ProcX2Apic
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the x2APIC mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ProcX2Apic=Enabled ProcX2Apic=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SATA Settings
You can manage the BIOS SATA settings using the options in this group.
EmbSata / embsataraid
Table 137. EmbSata / embsataraid
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: off, combined, ata, ahci, raid, qdma
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, AtaMode, RaidMode, AhciMode
Description Configures an embedded SATA RAID controller. This option can be replicated. off /Off disables the embedded SATA RAID controller. combined sets the SATA RAID controller to combined mode. ata/ AtaMode sets SATA RAID controller to ATA mode. ahci/ AhciMode sets ATA RAID controller to ahci mode. raid/RaidMode sets SATA RAID controller to RAID mode. qdma sets the SATA RAID controller to support ATAPI devices at transfer
rates much higher than PIO. A device driver must be installed on your system to use the QDMA mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embsataraid=off
embsataraid=off
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
eSataPort1
Table 138. eSataPort1
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Sets the embedded SATA port1 to auto or off.
SYSCFG 83
Table 138. eSataPort1 (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --eSataPort1=Off
eSataPort1=Off
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
eSataPort1Capacity*
Table 139. eSataPort1Capacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard-disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --eSataPort1Capacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems.
eSataPort1DriveType*
Table 140. eSataPort1DriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Indicates the type of device attached to the embedded SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --eSataPort1DriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems.
eSataPort1Model*
Table 141. eSataPort1Model
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --eSataPort1Model
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems.
84 SYSCFG
SataPortA / sata0
Table 142. SataPortA / sata0
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Sets the drive type of the selected device to off or auto This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata0=auto
sata0=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SataPortACapacity*
Table 143. SataPortACapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortACapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortADriveType*
Table 144. SataPortADriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Indicates the type of device attached to the SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortADriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortAModel*
Table 145. SataPortAModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
SYSCFG 85
Table 145. SataPortAModel (continued)
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortAModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortB / sata1
Table 146. SataPortB / sata1
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Auto, Off
Description Turns the SATA port 1 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata1=auto
sata1=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SataPortBCapacity*
Table 147. SataPortBCapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortBCapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortBDriveType*
Table 148. SataPortBDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Indicates the type of device attached to the SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortBDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
86 SYSCFG
SataPortBModel*
Table 149. SataPortBModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortBModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortC / Sata2
Table 150. SataPortC / Sata2
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Turns the SATA port 2 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata2=auto
sata2=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SataPortCCapacity*
Table 151. SataPortCCapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortCCapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortCDriveType*
Table 152. SataPortCDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Indicates the type of device attached to the SATA port.
SYSCFG 87
Table 152. SataPortCDriveType (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortCDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortCModel*
Table 153. SataPortCModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortCModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortD / sata3
Table 154. SataPortD / sata3
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Auto, Off
Description Turns the SATA port 3 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata3=auto
sata3=auto
Description Turns the SATA port 3 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata3=auto
sata3=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SataPortDCapacity*
Table 155. SataPortDCapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
88 SYSCFG
Table 155. SataPortDCapacity (continued)
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortDCapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortDDriveType*
Table 156. SataPortDDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortDDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortDModel*
Table 157. SataPortDModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortDModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortE / sata4
Table 158. SataPortE / sata4
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Turns the SATA port 4 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata4=auto
sata4=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SYSCFG 89
SataPortECapacity*
Table 159. SataPortECapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortECapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortEDriveType*
Table 160. SataPortEDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortEDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortEModel*
Table 161. SataPortEModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortEModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortF / sata5
Table 162. SataPortF / sata5
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Turns the SATA port 5 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
90 SYSCFG
Table 162. SataPortF / sata5 (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata5=auto
sata5=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SataPortFCapacity*
Table 163. SataPortFCapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortFCapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortFDriveType*
Table 164. SataPortFDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortFDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortFModel*
Table 165. SataPortFModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortFModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SYSCFG 91
SataPortG / sata6
Table 166. SataPortG / sata6
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Turns the SATA port 6 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata6=auto
sata6=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems.
SataPortGCapacity*
Table 167. SataPortGCapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortGCapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortGDriveType*
Table 168. SataPortGDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortGDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortGModel*
Table 169. SataPortGModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
92 SYSCFG
Table 169. SataPortGModel (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortGModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortH / sata7
Table 170. SataPortH / sata7
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Turns the SATA port 7 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata7=auto
sata7=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SataPortHCapacity*
Table 171. SataPortHCapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard-disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortHCapacity
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.
SataPortHDriveType*
Table 172. SataPortHDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortHDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SYSCFG 93
SataPortHModel*
Table 173. SataPortHModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortHModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortI / sata7
Table 174. SataPortI / sata7
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Turns the SATA port 7 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata7=auto
sata7=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SataPortICapacity*
Table 175. SataPortICapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortICapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortIDriveType*
Table 176. SataPortIDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
94 SYSCFG
Table 176. SataPortIDriveType (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortIDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortIModel*
Table 177. SataPortIModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortHModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortJ / sata7
Table 178. SataPortJModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto
Description Turns the SATA port 7 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sata7=auto
sata7=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SataPortJCapacity*
Table 179. SataPortJCapacity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortJCapacity
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SYSCFG 95
SataPortJDriveType*
Table 180. SataPortJDriveType
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortJDriveType
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SataPortJModel*
Table 181. SataPortJModel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SataPortJModel
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SecurityFreezeLock
Table 182. SecurityFreezeLock
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Sends the Security Freeze Lock command to the embedded SATA drives during power-on self-test (POST). The option is applicable only to ATA and AHCI, and not to RAID.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SecurityFreezeLock=Enabled SecurityFreezeLock=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
Serial Communication
You can manage the serial port settings using the options in this group.
96 SYSCFG
ConTermType / conterm
Table 183. ConTermType / conterm
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: vt100, ansi
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Vt100, Vt220, Ansi
Description Sets the console terminal type. On some systems, vt100 may also set the terminal type to vt220. This option is available on all supported systems that support console redirection. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --conterm=vt100
conterm=vt100
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
ExtSerialConnector / extserial
Table 184. ExtSerialConnector / extserial
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: com1, com2, rad
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Serial1, Serial2, RemoteAccDeviceDescription
Description Sets the behavior of the external serial connector. When set to com1 , the BIOS maps the external serial connector to COM port 1. The com1 setting is the default.
When set to com2 , the external serial connector is routed to the COM2 interface. Terminal escape sequences can toggle the external connector between the system (COM2) and the remote access device.
When set to rad , the external serial connector is routed to the remote access device interface. Terminal escape sequences can toggle the external connector between the system (COM2) and the remote access device.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --extserial=com1
extserial=com1
The --serialcomm option can be used with the external serial (--extserial) option instead of the --conred (available on systems earlier than PowerEdge 9G systems) option.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems except Blade systems.
FailSafeBaud / fsbr
Table 185. FailSafeBaud / fsbr
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: 115200, 57600, 19200, 9600
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: 115200, 57600, 19200, 9600
SYSCFG 97
Table 185. FailSafeBaud / fsbr (continued)
Description Sets the console redirection fail safe baud rate in bps. The BIOS attempts to determine the baud rate automatically. This failsafe baud rate is used only if the attempt fails.
Example:
A:>syscfg --fsbr=9600
fsbr=9600
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
RedirAfterBoot
Table 186. RedirAfterBoot
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Sets the BIOS console redirection to enable or disable when the operating system is loaded.
Example:
A:>syscfg --RedirAfterBoot=Enabled RedirAfterBoot=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SerialComm / serialcomm
Table 187. SerialComm / serialcomm
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: on, com1cr, com2cr, off
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: OnNoConRedir, OnConRedirCom1, OnConRedirCom2, Off
Description Enables or disables the serial communication devices (Serial Device 1 and Serial Device 2) in BIOS.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SerialComm=OnNoConRedir SerialComm=OnNoConRedir
Applicable Systems All Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SerialPortAddress / serialportaddrsel
Table 188. SerialPortAddress / serialportaddrsel
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: default, alternate
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Serial1Com1Serial2Com2, Serial1Com2Serial2Com1, Com1, Com2
98 SYSCFG
Table 188. SerialPortAddress / serialportaddrsel (continued)
Description Sets the port address of the serial devices.
On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems, when this option is default, Serial Device 1 is set to COM port 1 and Serial Device 2 is set to COM port 2.
On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems, when this option is alternate, Serial Device 1 is set to COM port 2 and Serial Device 2 is set to COM port 1.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --serialportaddrsel=default
serialportaddrsel=default
Applicable Systems Dells 11th generation PowerEdge and later systems
Slot Disablement
You can manage the slot disablement settings using the options in this group.
Slotn
Table 189. Slotn
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled, BootDriverDisabled
Description Controls the configuration of the installed card in the specified slot.
NOTE: The value of n in Slotn can be 110.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Slot1=Enabled Slot1=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SlotnBif
Table 190. SlotnBif
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G: x16, x4, x8, x4x4x8, x8x4x4
Description Controls the configuration of the installed card in the specified slot. Where the value of n in Slotn can be 1 or 2.
Example:
A:>syscfg --Slot1Bif=x8
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
SYSCFG 99
System Information
You can view the system configuration details using the options in this group.
SysMfrContactInfo*
Table 191. SysMfrContactInfo
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the information for contacting the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of this system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SysMfrContactInfo
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SystemBiosVersion / biosver*
Table 192. SystemBiosVersion / biosver
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: Read-only
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the current revision of the system BIOS firmware.
Example:
A:>syscfg --biosver
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SystemManufacturer*
Table 193. SystemManufacturer
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the name of the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of this system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SystemManufacturer
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SystemModelName*
Table 194. SystemModelName
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
100 SYSCFG
Table 194. SystemModelName (continued)
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the product name of the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SystemModelName
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SystemServiceTag / svctag / syssvctag*
Table 195. SystemServiceTag / svctag / syssvctag
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: Read-only
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the system service tag (a unique identifier assigned by the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of this system).
NOTE: The syssvctag option reports the system service tag on a Blade
system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --svctag
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SystemMeVersion*
Table 196. SystemMeVersion
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: Read-only
Description Displays the version of the Management Engine firmware.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SystemMeVersion
Applicable Systems Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems
UefiComplianceVersion*
Table 197. UefiComplianceVersion
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only
Description Displays the UEFI compliance level of the system firmware.
Example:
A:>syscfg --UefiComplianceVersion
SYSCFG 101
Table 197. UefiComplianceVersion (continued)
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
System Profile Settings
You can manage the system profile settings using the options in this group.
CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl
Table 198. CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description When set to Enabled, the operating system demand based power management (OS DBPM) and system demand based power management (System DBPM) controls the CPU power management. This feature can be enabled only when CPU power management (ProcPwrPerf) is set to system DBPM in Custom mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg --CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl=Enabled
CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
MemFrequency / memorypowermode
Table 199. MemFrequency / memorypowermode
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: min, 978, 800, 1067, 1333, max
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: MaxPerf, 2133MHz, 1866MHz, 1600MHz, 1333MHz, 1067MHz, 800MHz, MaxReliability
Description Sets the speed of system memory.
NOTE: On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems, memorypowermode is a suboption of Power.
Example:
A:>syscfg --MemFrequency=MaxPerf
MemFrequency=MaxPerf
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
MemPatrolScrub
Table 200. MemPatrolScrub
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
102 SYSCFG
Table 200. MemPatrolScrub (continued)
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Standard, Extended, Disabled
Description Sets the Memory Patrol Scrub frequency as Standard Mode, Extended Mode, or Disabled.
Example:
A:>syscfg --MemPatrolScrub=Standard
MemPatrolScrub=Standard
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
MemRefreshRate
Table 201. MemRefreshRate
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: 1x, 2x
Description Sets the Memory Refresh Rate as 1x or 2x Example:
A:>syscfg --MemRefreshRate=1x
MemRefreshRate=1x
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
MemVolt
Table 202. MemVolt
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: AutoVolt, Volt15V, Volt135V
NOTE: Volt15V represents 1.5 Volt and Volt135V represents 1.35 Volts.
Description Sets the DIMM voltage selection.
Example:
A:>syscfg --MemVolt=AutoVolt
MemVolt=AutoVolt
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
SYSCFG 103
MonitorMwait
Table 203. MonitorMwait
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables Monitor/Mwait instructions. You can disable Monitor/Mwait only when C state is disabled in Custom mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg --MonitorMwait=Enabled
MonitorMwait=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
PowerSaver
Table 204. PowerSaver
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the power-saving Dell Active Power Controller (DAPC) algorithm.
Example:
A:>syscfg --PowerSaver=Enabled PowerSaver=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems
ProcC1E/cpucle
Table 205. ProcC1E/cpucle
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables C1-E. By default, it is enabled. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --cpucle=enable
cpucle=enable
Applicable Systems On Dells 11th generation PowerEdge systems and later systems
104 SYSCFG
ProcCStates / cstates
Table 206. ProcCStates / cstates
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems
: enable, disable On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the power c states of the processor. When enabled, the processor can operate in all available power states.
A:>syscfg --cstates=enable
cstates=enable
Applicable Systems On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems
ProcPwrPerf / cpupowermode
Table 207. ProcPwrPerf / cpupowermode
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: min, max, osdbpm, systemdbpm
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: MaxPerf, MinPwr, SysDbpm, OsDbpm
Description Sets CPU Power Management to maximum performance, operating system DBPM, or System DBPM (DAPC).
NOTE: The cpupowermode option is a suboption of Power.
Example:
A:>syscfg --ProcPwrPerf=OsDbpm ProcPwrPerf=OsDbpm
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
ProcTurboMode / turbomode
Table 208. ProcTurboMode / turbomode
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables core-based turbo mode. Turbo mode is a feature on Intel processors that allows one processor core to increase the frequency by one bin whenever the other core has gone into an idle state. When enabled, the processor can operate in Turbo Boost Mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg --turbomode=enable
--turbomode=enable
SYSCFG 105
Table 208. ProcTurboMode / turbomode (continued)
Applicable Systems Dells 11th generation PowerEdge and later systems running on Intel processors
SysProfile / profile
Table 209. SysProfile / profile
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: maxperformance, osctl, apc, custom
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: PerfPerWatt OptimizedOs, PerfPerWatt OptimizedDapc, PerfOptimized, Custom, DenseCfg Optimized
Description Configures the system power profile. When set to a mode other than custom, BIOS will set each option accordingly. When set to custom, you can change setting of each option.
NOTE: On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems, profile is a sub-option of power.
Example:
A:>syscfg --profile=maxperformance profile=maxperformance
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
EnergyEfficientTurbo
Table 210. EnergyEfficientTurbo
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the Energy Efficient Turbo (EET). EET is a mode of operation where the core frequency of a processor is adjusted within the turbo range based on workload.
Example:
A:>syscfg --EnergyEfficientTurbo=Enabled EnergyEfficientTurbo=Enabled
Applicable Systems Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems
ProcnTurboCoreNum
Table 211. ProcnTurboCoreNum
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: All, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18
Description Sets the number of Turbos Boost-enabled cores for a processor. By default, the maximum number of cores per processor is enabled.
NOTE: The value of n in ProcnTurboCoreNum can be 03.
106 SYSCFG
Table 211. ProcnTurboCoreNum (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --Proc1TurboCoreNum=6 Proc1TurboCoreNum=6
Table 211. ProcnTurboCoreNum
Applicable Systems On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems
EnergyPerformanceBias
Table 212. EnergyPerformanceBias
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: MaxPower, BalancedPerformance, BalancedEfficiency, LowPower
Description Sets the Energy Efficient Policy. The CPU uses this setting to control the internal behavior of the processor and to determine whether to target higher performance or better power savings.
Example:
A:>syscfg --EnergyPerformanceBias=MaxPower
Applicable Systems Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems
UncoreFrequency
Table 213. UncoreFrequency
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA
On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: DynamicUFS, MaxUFS, MinUFS
Description Sets the processor uncore frequency. Dynamic mode allows the processor to optimize power resources across the cores and uncore during runtime. The optimization of the uncore frequency to either save power or to optimize the performance is dependent on the EnergyPerformanceBias option setting.
Example:
A:>syscfg --UncoreFrequency=DynamicUFS
Applicable Systems Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems
System Security
You can manage the system security properties of the BIOS using the options in this group.
AcPwrRcvry / acpower
Table 214. AcPwrRcvry / acpower
Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: on, off, last
SYSCFG 107
Table 214. AcPwrRcvry / acpower (continued)
On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: On, Off, Last
Description Sets the behavior for the system after AC power is lost. This option specifies how the system responds to the restoration of AC power and is particularly useful in systems that are turned off using a power strip. When set to on, the system turns on after AC is restored. When set to off, the system does not turn on after AC is restored. When set to last, the system turns on if the system was on when AC power was lost; if the system was off when AC power was lost, the system remains off when power is restored. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --acpower=on acpower=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
AcPwrRcvryDelay
Table 215. AcPwrRcvryDelay
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Immediate, User, Random
Description Specifies how the system supports the staggering of power-up after AC power has been restored to the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --AcPwrRcvryDelay=Immediate
AcPwrRcvryDelay=Immediate
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
AcPwrRcvryUserDelay
Table 216. AcPwrRcvryUserDelay
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: <integer>
Description Controls the user defined AC Recovery Delay. The delay must be in the range of 60 seconds to 240 seconds.
Example:
A:>syscfg --AcPwrRcvryUserDelay=60
AcPwrRcvryUserDelay=60
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
108 SYSCFG
AesNi
Table 217. AesNi
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Displays the current status of Intel Processor AES-NI feature.
Example:
A:>syscfg --AesNi=Enabled
AesNi=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
IntelTxt/inteltxt
Table 218. IntelTxt/inteltxt
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: On, Off
Description Turns the Trusted Execution Technology on or off. To enable Intel TXT, VT must be enabled, and the TPM must be enabled with pre-boot measurements and activated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --inteltxt=enable
inteltxt=enable
NOTE: To enable the Intel TXT option in a supported processor, make sure that the:
Virtualization technology in Processor setting is enabled.
TPM module is installed and initialed as OK by BIOS.
TPM security in System security is set to on with pre-boot measurements.
User password is not set.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 11G and later systems with Intel processors.
NmiButton/nmibutton
Table 219. NmiButton/nmibutton
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the Non-Maskable Interrupt (NMI) button on the front panel. The NMI button can be used to alert the operating system in certain cases.
NOTE: This option configures Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) and Remote Access Controller (RAC) settings.
SYSCFG 109
Table 219. NmiButton/nmibutton (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --nmibutton=enable
nmibutton=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems
PasswordStatus/pwdlock
Table 220. PasswordStatus/pwdlock
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: lock, unlock
On 12G and later systems: Locked, Unlocked
Description Locks the system password. To prevent the system password from being modified, set this option to lockedand enable setup password. This field also prevents the system password from being disabled by the user while the system boots.
Example:
A:>syscfg --pwdlock=lock
pwdlock=lock
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
PwrButton/powerbutton
Table 221. PwrButton/powerbutton
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable
On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description Enables or disables the power button on the front panel.
Example:
A:>syscfg --powerbutton=enable
powerbutton=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
SetupPassword/setuppwd*
Table 222. SetupPassword/setuppwd*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: read-only
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Sets the setup password for the BIOS. The setup password locks the BIOS F2 screen. The argument string supplied to this option is the password. Passwords are
110 SYSCFG
Table 222. SetupPassword/setuppwd* (continued)
limited to alphanumeric characters and cannot exceed 32 characters in length. If a current setup password is set, it must be given through the oldsetuppwd option. This option is not replicated. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters .
Example:
A:>syscfg --setuppwd=asetuppassword The password has been set. Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system.
Example 2:
A:>syscfg --setuppwd=asetuppassword -- oldsetuppwd=currentpassword The password has been set. Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system.
Example 3:
A:>syscfg --setuppwd=asetuppassword -- oldsetuppwd=currentpassword The old password entered is incorrect. The new password will not be set. Please try again.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SysPassword/syspwd*
Table 223. SysPassword/syspwd*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: read-only
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Sets the system password for the BIOS. The system password is required when booting the system. The argument string supplied to this option is the password. Generally, passwords are limited to alphanumeric characters and cannot exceed 32 characters in length. If a current system password is set, it must be given through the oldsyspwd option. This option is not replicated. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters .
Example 1:
A:>syscfg --syspwd=password The password has been set. Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system.
Example 2:
A:>syscfg --syspwd=password --oldsyspwd=password The password has been set. Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system
.
NOTE: You cannot disable your password using DTK. To disable your password, you must use the system BIOS.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems
SYSCFG 111
SystemCpldVersion*
Table 224. SystemCpldVersion*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the current revision of the Complex Programmable Logic Device (CPLD) of the system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SystemCpldVersion
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
TcmActivation/tcmactivation
Table 225. TcmActivation/tcmactivation
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enabled, disabled, and nochange
On 12G systems: NoChange, Activate, Deactivate
Description Allows the user to change the operational state of the Trusted Cryptography Module (TCM). This field is read-only when TCM Security is set to Off.
NOTE: The tcmactivation option is a sub-option of tcm.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tcmactivation=enabled
tcmactivation=enabled
Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 13G systems.
TcmClear/tcmclear
Table 226. TcmClear/tcmclear
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: Yes, No
On 13G systems: NA
Description CAUTION: Clearing the TCM will cause loss of all keys in the TCM. This could affect booting of the operating system.
When set to Yes, all the contents of the TCM will be cleared. This field is read-only when TCMSecurity is set to Off.
NOTE: The tcmclear option is a sub-option of tcm.
Example:
A:>syscfg --TcmClear=Yes
TcmClear=Yes
Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 13G systems.
112 SYSCFG
TcmSecurity/tcmsecurity
Table 227. TcmSecurity/tcmsecurity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off
On 12G and later systems: On, Off
Description Controls the reporting of the Trusted Cryptography Module (TCM) in the system.
NOTE: The tcmsecurity option is a sub-option of tcm.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tcmsecurity=on
tcmsecurity=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
TpmActivation/tpmactivation
Table 228. TpmActivation/tpmactivation
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enabled, disabled, nochange
On 12G systems: NoChange, Activate, Deactivate
Description Allows the user to change the operational state of the Trusted Platform Module (TPM). This field is read-only when TPM Security is set to Off.
NOTE: The tpmactivation option is a sub-option of tpm.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tpmactivation=enabled
tpmactivation=enabled
Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 13G systems.
TpmClear/tpmclear
Table 229. TpmClear/tpmclear
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G systems: Yes, No
Description CAUTION: Clearing the TPM will cause loss of all keys in the TPM. This could affect booting of the operating system.
When set to Yes, all the contents of the TPM will be cleared. This field is read-only when TCMSecurity is set to Off.
NOTE: The tpmclear option is a sub-option of tpm.
SYSCFG 113
Table 229. TpmClear/tpmclear (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --TpmClear=Yes
TpmClear=Yes
Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 13G systems.
TpmSecurity/tpmsecurity
Table 230. TpmSecurity/tpmsecurity
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: off, onwithpbm, onwithoutpbm
On 12G and later systems: Off, OnPbm, OnNoPbm
Description Controls the reporting of the Trusted Platform Module (TPM) in the system.
NOTE: The tpmsecurity option is a sub-option of tpm.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tpmsecurity=off
tpmsecurity=off
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.
TpmStatus
Table 231. TpmStatus
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the current status of TPM.
Example:
A:>syscfg --TpmStatus
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
TpmInfo*
Table 232. TpmInfo*
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA
On 13G and later systems: read-only
Description Displays the TPM type and firmware version.
Example:
A:>syscfg --TpmInfo
114 SYSCFG
Table 232. TpmInfo* (continued)
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems
TpmCommand
Table 233. TpmCommand
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA
On 13G and later systems: None, Activate, Deactivate, Clear
Description Configures the Trusted Platform Module (TPM). None
Commands are not sent to the TPM. Activate TPM is enabled.
Deactivate TPM is disabled.
Clear All the contents of TPM are cleared.
NOTE: This field is read-only when TpmSecurityis set to Off.
CAUTION: Clearing TPM results in loss of all keys in the TPM. This could affect booting to operating system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --TpmCommand=Activate
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems
SecureBoot
Table 234. SecureBoot
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Enabled.
Description Enables the BootSeqRetry feature. When set to Enabled, the system re-attempts the boot sequence after a 30-second timeout, if the last boot attempt has failed.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SecureBoot=Enabled SecureBoot=Enabled
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
SecureBootPolicy
Table 235. SecureBootPolicy
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA
On 12G and later systems: Standard, Custom
SYSCFG 115
Table 235. SecureBootPolicy (continued)
Description Sets the process to authenticate pre-boot images. When set to Standard, the BIOS uses the system manufacturer keys and certificates to authenticate pre-boot images. When set to Custom, the BIOS uses user-defined keys and certificates. The default value is Standard.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SecureBootPolicy=Standard SecureBootPolicy=Standard
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems
UefiVariableAccess
Table 236. UefiVariableAccess
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA
On 13G and later systems: Standard, Controlled
Description Secures the UEFI variables. When set to Standard, the UEFI variables are accessible from the operating system as per the UEFI specification. When set to Controlled, selected UEFI variables are protected in the operating system and new UEFI boot entries are pushed to the end of the current boot order.
Example:
A:>syscfg --UefiVariableAccess=Standard UefiVariableAccess=Standard
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems
SecureBootMode
Table 237. SecureBootMode
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA
On 14G and later systems: UserMode, DeployedMode.
Description This feature configures the BIOS uses the Secure Boot Policy Objects PK, KEK, db, dbx. In Setup Mode and Audit Mode, PK is not present, and BIOS does not authenticate programmatic updates to the policy objects.
In User Mode and Deployed Mode, PK is present, and BIOS performs signature verification on programmatic attempts to update policy objects.
Deployed Mode is the most secure mode. Use Setup, Audit, or User Mode when provisioning the system, then use Deployed Mode for normal operation. Available mode transitions depend on the current mode and PK presence.
In Audit Mode, the BIOS performs signature verification on preboot images and logs results in the Image Execution Information Table, but executes the images whether they pass or fail verification. Audit Mode is useful for programmatically determining a working set of policy objects.
Example:
A:>syscfg --SecureBootMode=UserMode SecureBootMode=UserMode
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems
116 SYSCFG
TpmPpiBypassClear
Table 238. TpmPpiBypassClear
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: N/A
On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description When set to Enabled, allows the Operating System to bypass Physical Presence Interface (PPI) prompts when issuing PPI Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) clear operations.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tpmPpiByPassClear=Enabled
tpmPpiBypassClear=Enabled
Applicable Systems 14G PowerEdge systems.
TpmPpiBypassProvision
Table 239. TpmPpiBypassProvision
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: N/A
On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled
Description When set to Enabled, allows the Operating System to bypass Physical Presence Interface (PPI) prompts when issuing PPI Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) provisioning operations.
Example:
A:>syscfg --tpmPpiByPassProvision=Enabled
tpmPpiBypassProvision=Enabled
Applicable Systems 14G PowerEdge systems.
UEFI Boot Settings
You can manage the UEFI settings using the options in this group.
UefiBootSeq
Table 240. UefiBootSeq
Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G
: NA On 12G and later systems
: list of device names separated by commas
Description Enables, disables, and orders the devices in a UEFI boot order list. Only the devices present on the system are listed in the UefiBootSeq. The first option in the list is attempted first. If the first option is not successful, the second option is attempted, and so on. The system attempts to launch only the enabled boot options and does
SYSCFG 117
Table 240. UefiBootSeq (continued)
not launch disabled boot options. This option is applicable when bootmode is set to UEFI and has no effect when bootmode is set to BIOS.
NOTE: Only the devices listed in the bootseq are enabled.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 12 and later systems.
DTKTORACADM
The DTK SYSCFG deployment scripts are converted to equivalent RACADM scripts, that helps in migration to utilize RACADM in the deployment solution. The utility has the conversion tool for converting the SYSCFG scripts in both environments: Microsoft Windows and Linux operating systems. Starting 12th generation of PowerEdge servers and later, selected set of SYSCFG commands are a part of the DTK sample scripts. The list of DTK sample scripts are present in \Toolkit\Tools\CONVERTER\windows_scripts.lst for Microsoft Windows operating systems and toolkit/ Converter/ linux_scripts.lst for Linux operating system. The converted scripts are available in the folder racscripts.
Table 241. DTKTORACADM Command on Windows Operating System
Valid Arguments dtktoracadm.exe or dtktoracadm.exe windows_scripts.lst debug Description On systems running Windows operating system, run the command, where
windows_scripts.lst is the input file which contains the list of path to run the RACADM scripts and debug is an option which list the file status.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 12 and later systems.
Table 242. DTKTORACADM Command on Linux Operating System
Valid Arguments python dtktoracadm.py or python dtktoracadm.py linux_scripts.lst debug
Description On the system running Linux operating system, in the prompt type the command, where linux_scripts.lst is the input which contains the list of path to run the RACADM scripts and debug is an option which list the file status.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 12 and later systems.
The set of converted commands are available in dtktoracadm_dict.map. For more information see, Dell EMC OpenManage Deployment Toolkit User's Guide or Dell EMC OpenManage Deployment Toolkit Installation Guide. The following table lists the set of commands available:
Table 243. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
iDRAC Settings lcp --dnsdhcp iDRAC.IPv4.DNSFromDHCP
lcp --domainname iDRAC.NIC.DNSDomainName
lcp --dnsracname iDRAC.NIC.DNSRacName
lcp --dnsregisterrac iDRAC.NIC.DNSRegister
--idractype iDRAC.Info.Type -z legacy
--autoneg iDRAC.NIC.Autoneg
--gateway iDRAC.IPv4.Gateway
--ipaddress iDRAC.IPv4.Address
--macaddress iDRAC.NIC.MACAddres
--nicselectionfailover iDRAC.NIC.Failover
118 SYSCFG
Table 243. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands (continued)
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
--subnetmask iDRAC.IPv4.Netmask
--vlanid iDRAC.NIC.VLanID
--dnsserver1v6 get iDRAC.IPv6.DNS1
--dnsserver2v6 get iDRAC.IPv6.DNS2
--gatewayv6 iDRAC.IPv6.Gateway
--ipv6address1 iDRAC.IPv6.Address1
--ipv6address2 iDRAC.IPv6.Address2
--linklocaladdrv6 iDRAC.IPv6.LinkLocalAddress
--prefixlengthv6 iDRAC.IPv6.PrefixLength
--connectionmode iDRAC.IPMISerial.ConnectionMode
--msgcommbitrate iDRAC.IPMISerial.BaudRat
--msgcommflowctrl iDRAC.IPMISerial.FlowControl
--tmcfghandshakectrl iDRAC.IPMISerial.HandshakeControl
--tmcfglineediting iDRAC.IPMISerial.LineEdit
--tmcfgnewlineseq iDRAC.IPMISerial.NewLineSeq
--solcharaccuminterval iDRAC.IPMISOL.AccumulateInterval
--solbitrate iDRAC.IPMISOL.BaudRate
--solprivlevel iDRAC.IPMISOL.MinPrivilege
--solcharsendthreshold iDRAC.IPMISOL.SendThreshold
BIOS Option Settings --HddSeq BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddSeq
Boot Settings --BootMode BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootMode
--BootSeqRetry BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootSeqRetry
--HddFailover BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddFailover
--SetBootOrderFqddn BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetBootOrderFqddn
--SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn
Integrated Devices --EmbVideo BIOS.IntegratedDevices.EmbVideo
--IoatEngine BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IoatEngine
--IntegratedNetwork1 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork1
--IntegratedNetwork2 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork2
--IntegratedRaid BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedRaid
--InternalUsb BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb
--OsWatchdogTimer BIOS.IntegratedDevices.OsWatchdogTimer
--SriovGlobalEnable BIOS.IntegratedDevices.SriovGlobalEnable
--Usb3Setting BIOS.IntegratedDevices.Usb3Setting
Memory Settings --DynamicCoreAllocation BIOS.ProcSettings.DynamicCoreAllocation
--CorrEccSmi BIOS.MemSettings.CorrEccSmi
--MemTest BIOS.MemSettings.MemTest
SYSCFG 119
Table 243. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands (continued)
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
--NodeInterleave BIOS.MemSettings.NodeInterleave
--memopmode BIOS.memsettings.MemOpMode
--videomem BIOS.memsettings.VideoMem
--sysmemvolt BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemVolt
--sysmemtype BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemType
--sysmemspeed BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemSpeed
--sysmemsize BIOS.memsettings.SysMemSize
--memoperatingmode BIOS.memsettings.MemOpMode
Miscellaneous Settings --AssetTag BIOS.MiscSettings.AssetTag
--ErrPrompt BIOS.MiscSettings.ErrPrompt
--NumLock BIOS.MiscSettings.NumLock
--ForceInt10 BIOS.MiscSettings.ForceInt10
--insystemcharacterization BIOS.MiscSettings.InSystemCharacterization
Processor Settings --DcuIpPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuIpPrefetcher
--DcuStreamerPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuStreamerPrefetcher
--LogicalProc BIOS.ProcSettings.LogicalProc
--ProcExecuteDisable BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcExecuteDisable
--ProcHwPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcHwPrefetcher
--ProcVirtualization BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcVirtualization
--RtidSetting BIOS.ProcSettings.RtidSetting
--ProcX2Apic BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcX2Apic
--cpucore BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCores
--cpuspeed BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCoreSpeed
--logicproc BIOS.procsettings.LogicalProc
--proc1brand BIOS.procsettings.Proc1Brand
--proc1id BIOS.procsettings.Proc1Id
--proc1l2cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc1L2Cache
--proc1l3cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc1L3Cache
--proc1numcores BIOS.procsettings.Proc1NumCores
--proc2brand BIOS.procsettings.Proc2Brand
--proc2id BIOS.procsettings.Proc2Id
--proc2l2cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc2L2Cache
--proc2l3cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc2L3Cache
--proc2numcores BIOS.procsettings.Proc2NumCores
--proc64bit BIOS.procsettings.Proc64bit
--procadjcacheline BIOS.procsettings.ProcAdjCacheLine
--procbusspeed BIOS.procsettings.ProcBusSpeed
120 SYSCFG
Table 243. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands (continued)
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
--proccorespeed BIOS.procsettings.ProcCoreSpeed
--qpispeed BIOS.procsettings.QpiSpeed
--procconfigtdp BIOS.procsettings.ProcConfigTdp
SATA Settings --WriteCache BIOS.SataSettings.WriteCache
--SecurityFreezeLock BIOS.SataSettings.SecurityFreezeLock
--embsata BIOS.SataSettings.EmbSata
--sata0 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA
--sata1 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB
--sata2 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC
--sata3 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD
--sata4 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE
--sata5 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF
--sata7 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH
--sataporta BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA
--sataportb BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB
--sataportc BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC
--sataportd BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD
--sataporte BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE
--sataportf BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF
--sataportg BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortG
--sataportgmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGModel
--sataportgdrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGDriveType
--sataportgcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGCapacity
--sataporth BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH
--sataporthmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHModel
--sataporthdrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHDriveType
--sataporthcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHCapacity
--sataporti BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortI
--sataportimodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIModel
--sataportidrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIDriveType
--sataporticapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortICapacity
--sataportj BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJ
--sataportjmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJModel
--sataportjdrivetyp BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJDriveType
--sataportjcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJCapacity
Serial Communication --ConTerrmType BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ConTermType
--ExtSerialConnector BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ExtSerialConnector
SYSCFG 121
Table 243. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands (continued)
Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands
--FailSafeBaud BIOS.SerialCommSettings.FailSafeBaud
--RedirAfterBoot BIOS.SerialCommSettings.RedirAfterBoot
Slot Disablement --Slotn BIOS.SlotDisablement.Slotn
System Information --svctag BIOS.SysInformation.SystemServiceTag
System Security --AcPwrRcvryDelay BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvryDelay
--PwrButton BIOS.SysSecurity.PwrButton
--SetupPassword BIOS.SysSecurity.SetupPassword
--SysPassword BIOS.SysSecurity.SysPassword
System Power --maxpowercap System.Power.Cap.MaxThreshold
--minpowercap System.Power.Cap.MinThreshold
--capenable System.Power.Cap.Enable
--nmibutton BIOS.SysSecurity.NmiButton
--powerbutton BIOS.SysSecurity.PwrButton
SYSCFG Options On PowerEdge Systems Prior To PowerEdge 12G Systems
The following are the valid options and arguments supported on PowerEdge systems earlier than PowerEdge 12G systems.
assignintr
Table 244. assignintr
Valid Arguments standard, distributed
Description Controls the interrupt assignment of PCI devices in the system. This option is set to standard by default, causing standard interrupt routing that uses interrupt A, B, C, and D for all PCIe devices. When set to distributed, the interrupt routing is swizzled at the MCH root ports to minimize sharing of interrupts across all PCIe (and PCI-X in the Programmable Interrupt Controller (PIC) mode) devices.
Example:
A:>syscfg --assignintr=standard
assignintr=standard
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
bezelir
Table 245. bezelir
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the ESM to monitor and log front bezel intrusion conditions.
122 SYSCFG
Table 245. bezelir (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --bezelir=enable
bezelir=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
cmosdefaults
Table 246. cmosdefaults
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the request for a default CMOS value during the next reboot.
A:>syscfg --cmosdefaults=enable
cmosdefaults=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
conboot
Table 247. conboot
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables configuring or reporting of console redirection after reboot. This option is available on all supported systems that support console redirection. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --conboot=enable
conboot=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12Gsystems
coreperformanceboost
Table 248. coreperformanceboost
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the AMD Core Performance Boost feature. When enabled, it allows higher performance power states if additional power is available to the CPU. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --coreperformanceboost=enable
coreperformanceboost=enable
SYSCFG 123
Table 248. coreperformanceboost (continued)
Applicable Systems PowerEdge R715, R815, R515, R415, and M915 systems with AMD Opteron 6000 series processor
dbpm
Table 249. dbpm
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables demand-based power management. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --dbpm=enable
dbpm=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
embhypervisor
Table 250. embhypervisor
Valid Arguments off, on
Description Turns on or off the embedded hypervisor port.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embhypervisor=on
embhypervisor=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
embideraid
Table 251. embideraid
Valid Arguments on, off
Description Turns on or off the embedded IDE RAID controller. This option is only valid for supported systems that have IDE ROMB. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embideraid=on
embideraid=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
124 SYSCFG
embnic1pxe
Table 252. embnic1pxe
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) on the first embedded NIC. If PXE is disabled, the first NIC is not found in the boot order. If PXE is enabled, the first NIC is placed at the end of the boot order. This option is only present on systems that do not support the embnic1 option. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic1pxe=enable
embnic1pxe=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
embnic2pxe
Table 253. embnic2pxe
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) on the second embedded NIC. If PXE is disabled, the second NIC is not found in the boot order. If PXE is enabled, the second NIC is placed at the end of the boot order. This option is only present on systems that do not support the embnic2 option. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnic2pxe=enable
embnic2pxe=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
embnics
Table 254. embnics
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Turns both the embedded NICs on or off. This option is only present on systems that do not support the embnic1 and embnic2 options. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embnics=enable
--embnics=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
SYSCFG 125
embscsi1
Table 255. embscsi1
Valid Arguments on, off Description Turns the first embedded SCSI controller. This option is only valid for supported
systems that have an embedded SCSI controller. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsi1=on
embscsi1=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
embscsi2
Table 256. embscsi2
Valid Arguments on, off Description Turns the second embedded SCSI controller. This option is only valid for supported
systems that have an embedded SCSI controller. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsi2=on
embscsi2=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
embscsiraid
Table 257. embscsiraid
Valid Arguments raid, off, scsi Description Sets the specified value for the SCSI RAID controller. This option is only valid for
supported systems that have SCSI ROMB. Some systems do not support the scsi argument. This option can be replicated.
CAUTION: If you change the controller from SCSI to RAID mode, data loss may occur. Backup any data you must save before changing modes.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsiraid=raid
embscsiraid=raid
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
embscsiraidchb
Table 258. embscsiraidchb
Valid Arguments raid, scsi
126 SYSCFG
Table 258. embscsiraidchb (continued)
Description Sets the second channel on an embedded RAID controller to SCSI or RAID. This option is only valid for systems that support RAID/RAID and RAID/SCSI settings for channels A and B. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsiraidchb=raid
embscsiraidchb=raid
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
embscsiraidchb
Table 259. embscsiraidchb
Valid Arguments raid, scsi
Description Sets the second channel on an embedded RAID controller to SCSI or RAID. This option is only valid for systems that support RAID/RAID and RAID/SCSI settings for channels A and B. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsiraidchb=raid
embscsiraidchb=raid
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
embsdcardredundancy
Table 260. embsdcardredundancy
Valid Arguments mirrormode, disable
Description Sets the redundancy to mirrormode or disabled.
If set to mirrormode, read-write operation occurs on both the secure digital (SD) cards. If one of the SD cards fails and is replaced, on booting, the data is copied to that SD card.
If set to disable, read-write operation occurs only on SD card 1.
On Blade systems, disable the vflash key to configure this option.
Example:
A:>syscfg --embsdcardredundancy=mirrormode
embsdcardredundancy=mirrormode
Applicable Systems This option is degraded.
redmem
Table 261. redmem
Valid Arguments off, spare, mirror, DDDC
SYSCFG 127
Table 261. redmem (continued)
Description Allows selection of the required redundant memory mode, or disables redundant memory. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --redmem=off redmem=off
Applicable Systems PowerEdge systems with Intel Xeon 7500 series processor
power
Table 262. power
Valid Arguments NA
Description For details about the power suboptions and arguments, see Sub Options For Power Option.
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G systems
tcm
Table 263. tcm
Option tcm Valid Arguments NA
Description For details about the tcm suboptions and arguments, see Sub Options For tcm Option.
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 10G, 11G, and 12G systems
tpm
Table 264. tpm
Valid Arguments NA
Description For details about the tpm suboptions and arguments, see Sub Options For tpm Option.
Applicable Systems PowerEdge 10G, 11G, and 12G systems
Sub Options And Arguments For power Option Table 265. Sub Options And Arguments For power Option
Option Sub-option Arguments Description
power --profile <powerprofile>
where powerprofile can be maxperformance, osctl, apc
Displays the settings similar to the BIOS setup screen for the respective profile. Reboot the system for the settings to take effect.
128 SYSCFG
Table 265. Sub Options And Arguments For power Option (continued)
Option Sub-option Arguments Description
If power profiles are not available on the platform, an error message is displayed.
A:>syscfg power-- profile=maxperformance -- setuppwdoverride
custom Creates the custom profile. Reboot the system for the settings to take effect.
A:>syscfg power --profile=custom -- setuppwdoverride
--cpupowermode min, max, osdbpm, systemdbpm
Allows you to set the CPU power and performance management to minimum power, maximum performance, operating system DBPM, or system DBPM mode.
Example:
A:>syscfg power --profile=custom -- cpupowermode=min --setuppwdoverride
--memorypowermode min, 978, 800, 1067, 1333, max
Allows you to set memory power and performance management to minimum power mode, maximum power mode, 978 Mhz, 800 Mhz, 1067 Mhz, or 1333 Mhz.
A:>syscfg power -- profile=custom --memorypowermode=min --setuppwdoverride
--fanpowermode min, max Allows you to set the fan algorithm to the minimum power optimized or maximum performance optimized mode.
A:>syscfg power --profile=custom -- fanpowermode=min --setuppwdoverride
NOTE: Set the value of profile to custom to change the values of cpupowermode , memorypowermode , and fanpowermode.
--profile NA Displays the profile set and the respective profile parameters.
--cap NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
Displays the values of budgetcap, and the maximum and minimum power thresholds in Watts.
--cap
NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
<budgetcap> is the limit for power consumption in Watts, or btuphr, or percent.
<unit> is the unit of the <budgetcap> value and
The value of
If the unit is btuphr, it is converted in to Watts using the formula Watt = BTU/hr /3.413. If the unit
SYSCFG 129
Table 265. Sub Options And Arguments For power Option (continued)
Option Sub-option Arguments Description
can be watt, or btuphr, or percent.
is percent, the formula is Power Cap (Watts) = [Power supply rating for input power (Watts) - Min potential power (Watts)] * Power Cap (%) + Min potential power (Watts)]
Example:
A:>syscfg power --cap=<value> -- unit=watt --setuppwdoverride
--maxpowercap Displays the value of the maximum power threshold.
--minpowercap Displays the value of the minimum power threshold.
--valsetuppwd <string> Validates the setup password for power authentication. If you try to change the DTK settings, you are prompted to enter this password to access the settings. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.
A:>syscfg power --profile= maxperformance --valsetuppwd=
-- setuppwdoverride
NA Does not prompt you for a password to access the DTK settings on systems that do not have a setup password configured.
A:>syscfg power --profile= maxperformance setuppwdoverride
Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option Table 266. Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option
Option Sub-option Arguments Description
tcm --tcmsecurity off Does not report the presence of TCM to the operating system.
on Reports the presence of TCM to the operating system.
Example:
A:>syscfg tcm --tcmsecurity=off
--tcmactivation enabled Enables and activates the TCM feature.
disabled Disables and deactivates the TCM feature.
nochange Does not alter the operational state of the TCM feature.
Example:
A:>syscfg tcm --tcmactivation=enabled
--tcmclear NA Clears the contents of the TCM chip without erasing the tcmsecurity and tcmactivation settings.
130 SYSCFG
Table 266. Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option (continued)
Option Sub-option Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg tcm -- tcmactivation=enabled --tcmclear -- setuppwdoverride
--tcmundoclear NA Cancels the result of the tcmclear setting.
Example:
A:>syscfg tcm -- tcmactivation=enabled --tcmundoclear --setuppwdoverride
Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option The following table lists the sub-options and arguments for the tpm option.
Table 267. Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option
Option Sub-option Arguments Description
tpm --tpmsecurity off Does not report the presence of TPM to the operating system.
onwithpbm Directs the BIOS to store the TCG compliant measurements to the TPM during a POST operation.
onwithoutpbm Directs the BIOS to bypass the preboot measurements.
Example:
A:>syscfg tpm -- tpmsecurity=onwithoutpbm
--setuppwdoverride
--tpmactivation enabled Enables and activates the TPM feature.
disabled Disables and deactivates the TPM feature.
nochange Does not alter the operational state of the TPM feature.
Example:
A:>syscfg tpm --tpmactivation=enabled -- setuppwdoverride
NOTE: You cannot set tpmactivation when tpmsecurity is set to off.
NOTE: After setting tpmactivation to enabled or disabled, if you reboot your system, DTK displays the TPM Configuration Honoured system will reset and the system reboots again message and reboots.
NOTE: When you set tpmactivation to enabled or disabled, DTK displays the value of
SYSCFG 131
Table 267. Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option (continued)
Option Sub-option Arguments Description
tpmactivation as nochange. However, the TPM feature is activated/deactivated when you reboot the system.
--tpmclear NA Clears the contents of the TPM chip without erasing the tpmsecurity and tpmactivation settings.
Example:
A:>syscfg tpm -- tpmactivation=enabled --tpmclear -- setuppwdoverride
--undotpmclear NA Cancels the result of the tpmclear setting. If you specify this setting before specifying the tpmclear setting, the There is currently no pending TPM Clear request message is displayed.
Example:
A:>syscfg tpm -- tpmactivation=enabled --undotpmclear --setuppwdoverride
--valsetuppwd <string> Validates the setup password for TPM authentication. If you try to change DTK settings, you are prompted to enter this password to access the settings. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.
Example:
A:>syscfg tpm -- tpmactivation=enabled --tpmclear -- valsetuppwd=
-- setuppwdoverride
NA On systems that do not have a setup password configured, if you set this option, you are not prompted for a password to access DTK settings.
A:>syscfg tpm -- tpmactivation=enabled --tpmclear -- setuppwdoverride
SYSCFG For BMC And Remote Access Controller Configuration SYSCFG configures Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) and Remote Access Controller (RAC) settings.
NOTE: Some of the following options or arguments might not be available on all systems.
NOTE: For options that use text strings such as username, password, hostname, and community string, using some
characters such as
errors.
NOTE: The following options or arguments are also applicable to DRAC 5.
132 SYSCFG
The following tables document valid options, sub-options, and arguments along with a description of the expected behavior of each option and suboption. Options, sub-options, and arguments are case-sensitive. All options, sub-options, and pre-defined arguments are lowercase unless explicitly stated otherwise. Some features that must be noted while reading this section are:
Unless otherwise specified, all sub-options to options are optional. If a sub-option is not specified for an option, all valid sub-option values are displayed for the option. If sub-options are
specified, then only those suboptions are reported. Wherever options or sub-options take empty strings as input, the string NULL should be input. For example, options such as
username and suboptions such as commstring and hostname can take an empty string as input.
bmcversion
Table 268. bmcversion options
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
bmcversion Displays the version information for the BMC and the BMC firmware. This option cannot be replicated.
--devid NA Reports the BMC device ID.
--devrevision NA Reports the BMC device revision.
--majorfwversion NA Reports the BMC device major firmware revision.
--minorfwversion NA Reports the BMC device minor firmware revision.
Example:
A:>syscfg bmcversion devid=32
devrevision=0
majorfwversion=0
minorfwversion=40
chassistype*
Table 269. chassistype*
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--chassistype* NA NA Identifies the Chassis Management Controller (CMC). The possible values are 9 (M1000e), 10 (VRTX), and 0 (others).
Example:
A:>syscfg -- chassistype chassistype=10 (VRTX)
clearsel*
Table 270. clearsel*
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--clearsel* NA NA Clears the System Event Log (SEL). This option cannot be replicated.
SYSCFG 133
Table 270. clearsel*
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg -- clearsel Clearing SEL...
controlpanelaccess
Table 271. controlpanelaccess
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--controlpanelaccess NA viewandmodify, viewonly, disabled
Sets or gets the access level for the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).
Example:
A:>syscfg -- controlpanelaccess= viewandmodify controlpanelaccess= viewandmodify
deviceguid*
Table 272. deviceguid*
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--deviceguid* NA NA Displays the GUID for the BMC. This option cannot be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg--deviceguid
deviceguid=XXXXXXXXXX
encryptkey
Table 273. encryptkey
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--encryptkey NA <hexadecimal number> Encrypts the IPMI sessions.
The hexadecimal number entered as an argument is case insensitive although the value returned by the encryptkey option is always in uppercase.
The value returned is appended with zeroes so that it is always 40 characters long.
134 SYSCFG
Table 273. encryptkey
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg -- encryptkey=abcd
encryptkey= ABCD00000000000 000000000000000 0000000000
fiberchannel
Table 274. fiberchannel
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables embedded fiber channel. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --fiberchannel=enable
fiberchannel=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
floppy
Table 275. floppy
Option --floppy Valid Arguments auto, off, readonly
Description Sets the diskette drive controller to auto, off, or readonly. This option is available on all supported systems that have a supported diskette drive. This option can be replicated
Example:
A:>syscfg --floppy=auto
floppy=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
formfactor
Table 276. formfactor
Valid Arguments read-only
Description Displays the geometry of PowerEdge Blade systems. The option can have the following values: halfheight (the Blade systems occupies 1 slot of the chassis), halfheight, dualwide (the Blade system occupies 2 horizontal slots of the chassis), fullheight (the Blade system occupies 2 vertical slots of the chassis), fullheight, dualwide (the Blade system occupies 4 slots of the chassis) and quarterheight (the Blade systems occupies half slot of the chassis).
SYSCFG 135
Table 276. formfactor (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --formfactor=fullheight, dualwide formfactor=fullheight, dualwide
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge blade systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
hddfailover
Table 277. hddfailover
Valid Arguments off, on
Descriptionoff Specifies the device in the Hard Disk Drive Sequence menu that has not been attempted in the boot sequence. When set to on, all devices are attempted in an order in which they are configured. When set to off, only the first device in the hard disk sequence is attempted. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --hddfailover=on
hddfailover=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
hpcmode
Table 278. hpcmode
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the High Performance Computing (HPC) Mode. When set to enable, the HPC is enabled utilizing only the high frequency P-State settings. When set to disable (default value), all P-States inherent to the CPU are used.
To fully enable HPC Mode, set the power management to custom, cpu power and performance management to OsDbpm, and fan power and performance management to maximum performance.
Example:
A:>syscfg --hpcmode=enable
hpcmode=enable
Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems with AMD Opteron 6200 series processor
htassist
Table 279. htassist
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the Probe Filter chipset option. Some applications may have lower performance when the chipset feature is disabled.
136 SYSCFG
Table 279. htassist (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --htassist=enable
htassist=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems with AMD Opteron processors.
idecdrom
Table 280. idecdrom
Valid Arguments auto, off
Description Turns the CD drive on or off. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --idecdrom=auto
idecdrom=auto
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
idracgui
Table 281. idracgui
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables and disables the iDRAC GUI. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --idracgui=disable
idracgui=disable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
lpt
Table 282. lpt
Valid Arguments lpt1, lpt2, lpt3, disable
Description Configures or reports the I/O address of the LPT (parallel) port. This option is available on all supported systems with an LPT port. This option is recorded to an output file for replication.
Example:
A:>syscfg --lpt=lpt1
lpt=lpt1
SYSCFG 137
Table 282. lpt (continued)
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
memdynamicpower
Table 283. memdynamicpower
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the dynamic memory power states. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --memdynamicpower=enable
memdynamicpower=enable
Applicable Systems PowerEdge systems with Intel Xeon 7500 series
memintleave
Table 284. memintleave
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the memory interleave mode. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --memintleave=enable
memintleave=enable
NOTE: The memintleave option is same as Nodeinterleave option. For
more information, see Memory Settings group.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
memremap
Table 285. memremap
Valid Arguments off, auto
Description Sets the memory remapping to off or auto.
Example:
A:>syscfg --memremap=off
memremap=off
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
138 SYSCFG
mouse
Table 286. mouse
Valid Arguments on, off
Description Turns the mouse controller on or off.
This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --mouse=off
mouse=off
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
noraidprompt*
Table 287. noraidprompt*
Valid Arguments NA
Description Specifies that the BIOS must not prompt for confirmation when changing the mode of a RAID controller. This option can only be used with the --embscsiraid or -- embscsiraidchb options.
Without this option, the user is prompted during POST to confirm the change of a RAID controller from RAID (SCSI) to SCSI (RAID). This option is not replicated.
CAUTION: When changing a RAID controller from SCSI to RAID or from RAID to SCSI, data is lost on the affected hard drives. The warning message for this data is not displayed if you use the --noraidprompt option. To avoid data loss, back up any information on the hard drives before changing the type of controller used with the drives
Example:
A:>syscfg --embscsiraid=raid --noraidprompt
embscsiraid=raid
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
oldsetuppwd
Table 288. oldsetuppwd
Valid Arguments <string>
Description Allows to set a new setup password if a setup password is already present on the system. The setup password locks the BIOS setup screen. The argument string supplied to this option is the current password. If this password is not correct, the new setup password is not applied to the system. Generally, passwords are limited to alphanumeric characters and cannot exceed 32 characters in length. This option is not replicated. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.
SYSCFG 139
Table 288. oldsetuppwd (continued)
Example:
A:>syscfg --setuppwd=asetuppassword -- oldsetuppwd=currentpassword
The password has been set.Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
oldsyspwd
Table 289. oldsyspwd
Valid Arguments <string>
Description Supplies the current system password for the BIOS. This option is only given when setting the new system password. If this password does not match the current system password, the new password is not applied to the system. The system password is required when booting the system. The argument string supplied to this option is the password. Generally, passwords are limited to alphanumeric characters and cannot exceed 32 characters in length. This option is not replicated. For more information on delimiters see Command Line Option Delimiters.
Example1:
A:>syscfg --syspwd=<anotherpassword> -- oldsyspwd=<password>
The password has been set.Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system.
Example 2:
A:>syscfg --syspwd=<asyspassword> -- oldsyspwd=<currentpassword>
The old password entered is incorrect. The new password will not be set. Please try again.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
opticaldrivectrl
Table 290. opticaldrivectrl
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables the optical CD-ROM controller.
Example:
A:>syscfg --opticaldrivectrl=enable
opticaldrivectrl=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
140 SYSCFG
remflashmedia
Table 291. remflashmedia
Valid Arguments read-only
Description Displays the redundancy status of internal dual SD module. The status can be:
Full Secure digital card (SD) 1 and 2 are functioning properly. Lost Either any of the secure digital cards or both are not functioning
properly.
The option also displays the status of the individual SD cards as follows:
Active The card is used for secure digital reads. Standby The card is receiving a copy of all secure digital reads. Failed An error is reported during a secure digital read or write. Absent No secure digital media is detected. Offline At boot, card identification signature is different from the non-volatile
storage value or card is the destination of a copying operation that is in progress. Write Protected The card is write-protected.
Example:
A:>syscfg --remflashmedia
Internal Dual SD ModuleRedundancy=Lost
SD1 status=Absent
SD1 status=Active
Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems
serial1
Table 292. serial1
Valid Arguments disable, com1, com3, com1_bmc, bmcserial, bmclan, rac
Description Configures or reports the first serial port communication port. This option can be replicated.
bmcserial maps serial port 1 to BMC Serial. bmclan routes the serial traffic destined for serial1 out to NIC1. com1_bmc maps serial port 1 to COM port 1 BMC. rac maps serial port 1 to the RAC device.
Example:
A:>syscfg --serial1=rac
serial1=rac
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
SYSCFG 141
serial2
Table 293. serial2
Valid Arguments auto, disable, com2, com4
Description Configures or reports the second serial port communication port. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --serial2=rac
serial2=rac
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
slotname
Table 294. slotname
Valid Arguments read-only
Description Reports the slot name of the blade.
Example:
A:>syscfg --slotname
slotname=Slot5
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
sma
Table 295. sma
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables processor sequential memory access.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sma=disable
sma=disable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
sysrev*
Table 296. sysrev*
Valid Arguments read-only
Description Reports the system revision.
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
142 SYSCFG
usb
Table 297. usb
Valid Arguments on, legacy, off
Description Sets or reports the status of the USB port. When set to on, USB keyboards and mice function only for systems with operating systems that have native USB support. When set to legacy, USB keyboards and mice are supported through the BIOS to function in operating systems that do not natively support USB. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --usb=on
usb=on
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
usbflash
Table 298. usbflash
Valid Arguments auto, fdd, hdd
Description Sets or reports the emulation for an USB flash device. The USB flash device can be set to emulate a hard drive (HDD) or a diskette drive (FDD). This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg --usbflash=auto
usbflash=auto
Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
vflash
Table 299. vflash
Valid Arguments enable, disable
Description Enables or disables vflash on iDRAC.
Example:
A:>syscfg --vflash=enable
vflash=enable
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 11G systems or systems with iDRAC6
identify
Table 300. identify
Valid Arguments 0254
SYSCFG 143
Table 300. identify (continued)
Description Flashes the identification LED for a specified number of seconds.
NOTE: Use 0 to stop the blinking of the LED.
Example:
A:>syscfg --identify=10
identify=10
Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 11G systems with a BMC
idracversion
Table 301. idracversion
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--idracversion Displays the version information for the iDRAC and the iDRAC firmware. This option cannot be replicated.
--devid NA Reports the iDRAC device ID.
--devrevision NA Reports the iDRAC device revision.
--majorfwversion NA Reports the major firmware revision of iDRAC.
--minorfwversion NA Reports the minor firmware revision of iDRAC.
A:>syscfg --idracversion devid=32 devrevision=0 majorfwversion=0 minorfwversion=40
kvmstatusonlcd
Table 302. kvmstatusonlcd
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments
Description Applicable Systems
-- kvmstatusonlcd
NA active, inactive
Configures the Dell Virtual KVM (vKVM) session status on the LCD.
Example:
A:>syscfg -- kvmstatusonlcd=active
kvmstatusonlcd=active
PowerEdge 11G systems
144 SYSCFG
lancfgparams
Table 303. lancfgparams
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
lancfgparams or lcp
Configures and displays LAN configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.
--ipaddrsrc static, dhcp Sets the IP address source for the LAN channel. This sub-option can be replicated.
--ipaddress <ipaddress> Sets the IP address for the LAN channel. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
--subnetmask <subnetmask> Sets the subnet mask for the LAN channel. This sub-option can be replicated.
--gateway <gateway> Sets the gateway for the LAN channel. This sub-option can be replicated.
--commstring <string> Sets the community string (maximum of 16 printable ASCII characters) used in a platform event trap (PET). This sub-option can be replicated.
--destipaddr <ipaddress> Sets the destination IP address or Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) for the alert destination specified with the alertdest sub-option.
The destipaddr sub-option is dependent on the alertdest sub-option. If the alertdest sub-option is not specified on the command line, the first alert destination (alertdest=1) is set with this IP address or FQDN. This sub-option can be replicated.
NOTE: FQDN is applicable only for
destipaddr option and is supported only
on PowerEdge 12G systems.
Example 1 (to set the destination IP address):
A:>syscfg lcp --alertdest=1 -- destipaddr=192.168.100.15
Example 2 (to set the destination IP address as FQDN):
A:>syscfg lcp --alertdest=1 -- destipaddr=xxx.yyy.com
--alertdest 1, 2, 3, 4 Sets the destination for the LAN alert. This sub-option can be replicated.
--vlantag enable, disable
Enables or disables VLAN tagging. This sub- option can be replicated.
--vlanid <string> Sets the 12-bit VLAN ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
--vlanpriority 07 Sets the VLAN priority value. This sub-option can be replicated.
--macaddress NA Displays the BMC MAC address. This sub- option cannot be replicated.
SYSCFG 145
Table 303. lancfgparams (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--nicselection NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
shared, sharedfailove r, dedicated, sharedreceive onall
Sets the operating mode of the NIC to shared, sharedfailover, dedicated, or sharedreceiveonall. Some of these options are not applicable on certain systems.
NOTE:
This option is applicable on systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems. The sharedreceiveonall argument is available only on PowerEdge 11G systems.
--nicselection NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
dedicated, lom1, lom2, lom3, lom4
Sets the operating mode of the iDRAC7 NIC to dedicated, lom1, lom2, lom3, or lom4. Some of these options are not applicable on certain systems due to underlying hardware.
NOTE: This option is applicable on PowerEdge 11G systems.
--nicselectionfailover NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
none, lom1, lom2, lom3, lom4, all
Sets the operating mode of the NIC selection failover to none, lom1, lom2, lom3, lom4, or all. Some of these options are not applicable on certain systems. due to underlying hardware.
NOTE: This option is applicable on PowerEdge 12G systems.
--fullduplex enable, disable
Enables or disables full duplex on the RAC network interface.
--autoneg enable, disable
Enables or disables autonegotiation.
--speed 10,100 Sets the network interface speed to 10 or 100 Mbps.
--dnsdhcp enable, disable
Enables or disables obtaining the DNS server IP address through DHCP.
--dnsserver1 <ipaddress> Sets the IP address of the primary DNS server for domain name resolution.
--dnsserver2 <ipaddress> Sets the IP address of the secondary DNS server for domain name resolution.
--dnsregisterrac enable, disable
Enables or disables binding of the RAC name to the IP address.
--dnsracname <string> Sets the name of the RAC.
--domainnamefromdhcp enable, disable
Enables or disables getting the RAC domain name through DHCP.
--domainname <string> Sets the domain name of the RAC.
146 SYSCFG
Table 303. lancfgparams (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example 1 (to display the current LAN configuration settings):
A:>syscfg --lancfgparams
destipaddr=192.168.100.15
vlantag=enable
vlanid=1000
vlanpriority=7
macaddress=0:6:5b:fb:c8:a7
commstring=public
ipaddrsrc=static
ipaddress=192.168.100.10
subnetmask=255.255.255.0
gateway=192.168.100.1
Example 2 (to set the LAN configuration parameters):
A:>syscfg --lancfgparams
--destipaddr=192.168.100.15
--vlantag=enable
--vlanid=1000
--vlanpriority=7
--macaddress=0:6:5b:fb:c8:a7
--commstring=public
--ipaddrsrc=static
--ipaddress=192.168.100.10
--subnetmask=255.255.255.0
--gateway=192.168.100.1
SYSCFG 147
lanchannelaccess
Table 304. lanchannelaccess
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
lanchannelaccess or lca
Sets or displays the LAN channel access settings such as alerting, IPMI over LAN, and user privilege. This option can be replicated.
--pefalerting enable, disable Enables or disables PEF alerts. This sub- option can be replicated.
--ipmioverlan disable, alwaysavail
Sets the LAN channel access mode. This sub-option can be replicated.
--channelprivlmt user, operator, administrator
Sets the maximum privilege level accepted for the LAN channel. This sub-option can be replicated.
Example (to configure the LAN channel with alerts and IPMI over LAN enabled):
A:>syscfg lanchannelaccess-- pefalerting=enable -- ipmioverlan=alwaysavail
lanchannelinfo
Table 305. lanchannelinfo
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
lanchannelinfo or lci
NA NA Displays media and protocol information about the LAN channel. This option cannot be replicated.
lanuseraccess
Table 306. lanuseraccess
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
lanuseraccess or lua
Configures the privilege level and channel accessibility associated with a specified User ID for the LAN channel.
--userid 216, if your system has a DRAC 5 controller
Sets the User ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
--usrprivlmt user, operator, administrator, noaccess
Sets the maximum BMC user privilege level for the LAN channel for the userid specified using the useridsub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub- option is dependent on the userid sub- option.
--currentenableduserids NA Reports the number of currently enabled User IDs on the LAN channel.
148 SYSCFG
Table 306. lanuseraccess (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--useridswithfixednames NA Reports the number of User IDs with fixed names on the LAN channel.
Example 1 (to enable User ID 2 on the LAN channel with administrator privileges):
A:>syscfg lanuseraccess --userid=2 -- usrprivlmt=administrator
Example 2 (to enable User ID 4 on the LAN channel with user privileges):
A:>syscfg lanuseraccess -- userid=4 --usrprivlmt=user
lcd1
Table 307. lcd1
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--lcd1 NA <string> Sets the first line of user-defined text on the system LCD. This option can be replicated. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.
NOTE: Before setting user strings for -- lcd1 , ensure that --lcd is set to user.
lcd2
Table 308. lcd2
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--lcd1 NA <string> Sets the second line of user-defined text on the system LCD. This option can be replicated. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.
loaddefaults*
Table 309. loaddefaults*
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--loaddefaults* NA NA Restores the BMC to the defaults originally loaded on the controller. This option is used to return the BMC to a known-good state. This option cannot be replicated.
NOTE: The NMI, power button, and SOL defaults are not reset by using this option.
SYSCFG 149
Table 309. loaddefaults*
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg --loaddefaults
Loading defaults...
nextboot
Table 310. nextboot
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--nextboot or -- OneTimeBootSeqDev
NA valid device name (from the bootseq option device list)
Sets the specified device as the first device in the boot order for the next boot cycle only. The device must be a device from the bootseq option device list. Run the bootseq option to see a list of available device names. For more information, see -- bootseq. This option is not replicated.
Example 1:
A:>syscfg --bootseq
Device 1: floppy.emb.0 - Diskette Drive A:
Device 2: cdrom.emb.0 - CD-ROM device
Device 3: hdd.emb.0 - Hard Drive C:
Device 4: nic.emb.1 - Intel Boot Agent Version 4.0.17
Device 5: nic.emb.2 - Intel Boot Agent Version 4.0.17
Example 2:
A:>syscfg --nextboot=nic.emb.1
nextboot=nic.emb.1
nmibutton
Table 311. nmibutton
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--nmibutton NA enable, disable Enables or disables the NMI button. This option can be replicated.
150 SYSCFG
Table 311. nmibutton
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg --nmibutton=enable
nmibutton=enable
passwordaction
Table 312. passwordaction
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
passwordaction Configures and tests the password for the specified User ID. This option cannot be replicated. All three sub-options, action, userid, and password must be included in the command line.
NOTE: This option does not support 20 byte passwords.
--userid 216, if your system has a DRAC 5 controller
Specifies the BMC User ID. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
--action setpassword, testpassword
Sets or tests the password for the specified User ID. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
--password <string> Sets the password (maximum of 16 printable ASCII characters) for the specified BMC User ID. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
Example (to set and test the password for User ID 3):
A:>syscfg passwordaction -- userid=3 --action=setpassword --password=bmcmaster passwordaction userid=3 action=setpassword password=*********
A:>syscfg passwordaction -- userid=3 --action=testpassword -- password=bmcmastor
Password test failed.
pefcfgparams
Table 313. pefcfgparams
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
pefcfgparams or pcp
Configures and displays PEF configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.
--filter fanfail, voltfail,
Specifies a PEF value. This sub-option can be replicated.
SYSCFG 151
Table 313. pefcfgparams (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
discretevoltfail , tempwarn, tempfail, intrusion, redundegraded,re dunlost, procwarn, procfail, powerwarn, powerfail, hardwarelogfail, autorecovery, batterywarn, batteryfail, powerabsent, procabsent, systempowerwarn, systempowerfail
For a complete list of all possible PEF messages along a description of each event, see BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages
--filteraction powercycle, reset, powerdown, power reduction, none
Sets the event filter action for the filter specified using the filter sub-option. This sub-option depends on the filter sub- option. This sub-option can be replicated.
--hostname <string> Sets the host name (maximum of 62 printable ASCII characters) for the BMC. This sub- option can be replicated.
The hostname string must comprise only the followig characters: hyphen (-) , underscore (_) , and period (.) .
--filteralert enable, disable Enables or disables alerts for the filter specified using the filter sub-option. This sub- option is dependent on the filter sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated.
--alertpolnum 1, 2, 3, 4 Specifies the alert policy entry number. This sub-option can be replicated.
--alertpolstatus enable, disable Enables or disables the alert policy specified using the alertpolnum sub-option. This sub- option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the alertpolnum sub-option.
Example: (to set the PEF configuration parameters):
Example 1 (To configure the PEF so that the system is powered down in response to a fan failure event):
A:>syscfg pefcfgparams --filter= fanfail-- filteraction=powerdown
pefcfgparams filter=fanfail filteraction=powerdown
Example 2 (To configure the PEF so that a PEF alert is not sent to the destination
152 SYSCFG
Table 313. pefcfgparams (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
IP address in response to a chassis intrusion event):
A:>syscfg pefcfgparams --filter= intrusion-- filteralert=disable
pefcfgparams filter= intrusion filteralert=disable
Table 314. pefcffgparams
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments
Description Applicable Systems
pefcfgparams or pcp
Configures and displays PEF configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.
All PowerEdge systems
--filter fanfail, voltfail, discretevolt fail, tempwarn, tempfail, intrusion, redundegrade d,redunlost, procwarn, procfail, powerwarn, powerfail, hardwarelogf ail, autorecovery , batterywarn, batteryfail, powerabsent, procabsent, systempowerw arn, systempowerf ail
Specifies a PEF value. This sub- option can be replicated.
For a complete list of all possible PEF messages along a description of each event, see BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages
NOTE: The fanfail option is
not supported on PowerEdge 10G systems.
--filteraction powercycle, reset, powerdown, power reduction, none
Sets the event filter action for the filter specified using the filter sub-option. This sub-option depends on the filter sub-option. This sub- option can be replicated.
--hostname <string> Sets the host name (maximum of 62 printable ASCII characters) for the BMC. This sub-option can be replicated.
The hostname string must comprise only the followig characters: hyphen (-) , underscore (_) , and period (.) .
SYSCFG 153
Table 314. pefcffgparams (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments
Description Applicable Systems
The length of the hostname string must be 62 characters or less for PowerEdge 9G systems and later.
--filteralert enable, disable
Enables or disables alerts for the filter specified using the filter sub- option. This sub-option is dependent on the filter sub-option. This sub- option can be replicated.
--alertpolnum 1, 2, 3, 4 Specifies the alert policy entry number. This sub-option can be replicated.
-- alertpolstatus
enable, disable
Enables or disables the alert policy specified using the alertpolnum sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the alertpolnum sub-option.
Example: (to set the PEF configuration parameters):
Example 1 (To configure the PEF so that the system is powered down in response to a fan failure event):
A:>syscfg pefcfgparams --filter= fanfail-- filteraction=powerdown
pefcfgparams filter=fanfail filteraction=powerdown
Example 2 (To configure the PEF so that a PEF alert is not sent to the destination IP address in response to a chassis intrusion event):
A:>syscfg pefcfgparams --filter= intrusion-- filteralert=disable
pefcfgparams filter= intrusion filteralert=disable
powerbutton
Table 315. powerbutton
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--powerbutton NA enable, disable Enables or disables the power button. This option can be replicated.
154 SYSCFG
Table 315. powerbutton
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg --powerbutton=enable
powerbutton=enable
powerctl
Table 316. powerctl
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--powerctl NA powerdown Performs a chassis powerdown and controls the reset of the system.
Powerdown turns off the system.
powercycle Turns off the system and automatically turns on your system after a few seconds.
reset Resets the system.
softshutdown In Linux, the system turns off immediately.
NOTE: In Windows PE, this option does not work.
NOTE: This option applies only to PowerEdge systems that are configured with a BMC.
NOTE: This argument requires ACPI support to function properly.
racreset*
Table 317. racreset*
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--racreset* NA NA Resets the RAC. It cannot be accompanied with any other option. This option cannot be replicated.
serialcfgparams
Table 318. serialcfgparams
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
serialcfgparams or scp
Configures and displays serial configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.
--connectionmode basic, terminal Sets the connection mode used to perform IPMI messaging to the BMC. This sub-option can be replicated.
--msgcomm noflowctrl, rtscts
Sets the IPMI message communication flow control. This suboption can be replicated.
SYSCFG 155
Table 318. serialcfgparams (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--msgcommdtrhangup NA Reports the IPMI message communication DTR hang-up. This suboption cannot be replicated.
--msgcommbitrate 9600, 19200, 57600, 115200
Sets the IPMI message communication baud rate in bits per second (bps). This sub-option can be replicated.
--tmcfglineediting enable, disable Sets the line editing value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
--tmcfgdelctrl del, bksp Sets the delete control value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
--tmcfgechoctrl echo, noecho Sets the echo control value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
--tmcfghandshakectrl enable, disable Sets the handshake control value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
--tmcfgnewlineseq noterm, crlf, null, cr, lfcr,1f
Sets the new line sequence value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
-- tmcfginputnewlineseq
cr, null Sets the input new line sequence value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.
Example (to display the current serial configuration settings):
A:>syscfg serialcfgparams serialcfgparams tmcfgdelctrl=del
tmcfgechoctrl=echo
tmcfghandshakectrl=enable
connectionmode=terminal
tmcfgnewlineseq=crlf
msgcommflowctrl=rtscts
tmcfginputnewlineseq=cr
msgcommdtrhangup=disable
msgcommbitrate=19200
tmcfglineediting=enable
156 SYSCFG
serialchannelaccess
Table 319. serialchannelaccess
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--serialchannelaccess or sca
Sets or displays the channel access settings for the serial channel. This option can be replicated.
--ipmioverserial disable, alwaysavail
Sets the serial channel access mode. This sub-option can be replicated.
--channelprivlmt user, operator, administrator
Sets the maximum privilege level accepted for the serial channel. This sub-option can be replicated.
Example (to configure the serial channel with IPMI over serial disabled and the maximum privilege level set to administrator):
A:>syscfg serialchannel access -- ipmioverserial=disable
-- channelprivlmt=administrat or serialchannelaccess
ipmioverserial=disable
channelprivlmt=administrat or
serialchannelinfo
Table 320. serialchannelinfo
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--serialchannelinfo or sci
Displays media and protocol information about the serial channel. This option cannot be replicated.
--mediumtype NA Displays the medium type for the serial channel. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
--prottype NA Displays the protocol type for the serial channel. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
--ssnsupport NA Displays the session support information for the serial channel. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
--activessncount NA Displays the number of sessions that are activated on the serial channel. This sub- option cannot be replicated.
SYSCFG 157
Table 320. serialchannelinfo (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg serialchannelinfo --mediumtype
mediumtype= asynch
serialuseraccess
Table 321. serialuseraccess
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
serialuseraccess or sua
Configures the privilege level and channel accessibility associated with a specified User ID for the serial channel. This option can be replicated.
--userid 216, if your system has a DRAC 5 controller
Sets the User ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
--usrprivlmt user, operator, administrator,noa ccess
Sets the maximum BMC user privilege level for the serial channel for the User ID specified using the userid sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the userid sub-option.
-- currentenableduserid s
NA Reports the number of currently enabled User IDs on the serial channel. This sub-option can be replicated.
-- useridswithfixedname s
NA Reports the number of User IDs with fixed names on the serial channel. This sub-option can be replicated.
Example 1 (to enable User ID 2 on the serial channel with administrator privileges ) :
A:>syscfg serialuseraccess --userid=2 -- usrprivlmt=administrator
userid=2
usrprivlmt=administrator
status=enable
Example 2 (to enable User ID 4 on the serial channel with user privileges ):
A:>syscfg serialuseraccess
158 SYSCFG
Table 321. serialuseraccess (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--userid=4 -- usrprivlmt=user
userid=4
usrprivlmt=user
status=enable
solaction
Table 322. solaction
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
solaction This option enables or disables Serial-Over- LAN (SOL) access for a particular user. This option can be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg solaction --userid=2 --action=disable
solaction userid=2 action=disable
--userid 216, if your system has a DRAC 5 controller
Specifies the BMC user ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
--action enable, disable Enables or disables the user ID specified using the userid sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated and is dependent on the userid sub- option.
solcfgparams
Table 323. solcfgparams
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
solcfgparams Configures and displays SOL configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.
--solenable enable, disable Enables or disables if the SOL payload type can be activated. This option can be replicated.
--solprivlevel user, operator, administrator
Sets the minimum user privilege level required to activate the SOL. This option can be replicated.
--solcharaccuminterval 1255 Sets the Character Accumulate Interval in 5 ms increments (1255). This sets the typical amount of time that the BMC waits before
SYSCFG 159
Table 323. solcfgparams (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
transmitting a partial SOL character data packet. This option can be replicated.
--solcharsendthreshold 1255 Specifies that the BMC automatically sends an SOL character data packet containing this number of characters in increments of 5 (1 255) as soon as this number of characters (or greater) has been accepted from the baseboard serial controller into the BMC. This option can be replicated.
--solbitrate 9600, 19200 Sets the serial channel communication bit rate (in bps) with the BMC when SOL is activated. This option can be replicated.
NOTE: The arguments for solbitrate vary with various Dell systems. If an argument valid for a particular Dell system is entered for another system, the Parameter out of range error
is displayed.
Example 1 (to display the current SOL configuration):
A:>syscfg solcfgparams solcfgparams solenable=enable solprivlevel=administrator solcharaccum interval=25 solcharsend threshold=25 solbitrate=9600
Example 2 (to set the SOL configuration parameters):
A:>syscfg solcfgparams --solenable=disable --solprivlevel=administrator --solcharaccum interval=25 --solcharsend threshold=100 --solbitrate=9600 solcfgparams solenable=disable solprivlevel=administrator solcharaccum interval=25 solcharsend threshold=100 solbitrate=9600
ssninfo
Table 324. ssninfo
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
ssninfo Displays information about the number of possible active sessions and the number of currently active sessions on all channels on the BMC. This option cannot be replicated.
NOTE: All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.
160 SYSCFG
Table 324. ssninfo (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--maxactivessns NA Displays the maximum possible active BMC sessions. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
--currentactivessns NA Displays the number of currently active sessions on all channels of the BMC. This sub-option cannot be replicated.
Example:
A:>syscfg ssninfo currentactivessns=1 maxactivessns=4
useraction
NOTE: For 14th generation of PowerEdge Systems, you have to configure the username and password before executing
this command for a particular userid.
Table 325. useraction
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
useraction Enables and disables BMC, sua, and lua user IDs. This option can be replicated.
--userid 216, if your system has a DRAC 5 controller
Specifies the BMC user ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
--action enable, disable Enables or disables the user ID specified using the userid sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the userid sub-option.
Example to disable User ID 3:
A:>syscfg useraction --userid=3 -- action=disable
useraction userid=3 action=disable
username
Table 326. username
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
username Sets the BMC User ID and username. This option can be replicated.
--userid 216 if your system has a DRAC 5 controller
Specifies the User ID. This sub-option can be replicated.
--name <string> Sets the username (maximum of 16 printable ASCII characters) for the User ID specified using the userid sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the userid sub-option.
SYSCFG 161
Table 326. username (continued)
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
Example 1( to configure User ID 3 with a user name ):
A:>syscfg username --userid=3 -- name=bmcmaster
username userid=3 name=bmcmaster
Example 2 (to display the username for User ID 3):
A:>syscfg username --userid=3 -- name
username userid=3 name=bmcmaster
version*
Table 327. version*
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--version* NA NA Displays the version information for the SYSCFG utility.
virutualmedia
Table 328. virutualmedia
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
--virutualmedia NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.
NA enable, disable, auto
Enables or disables the virtual media. This option cannot be replicated.
SYSCFG For State Configuration The SYSCFG utility allows the user to write a state data value on a system. This value is preserved across reboot or power-off operations. Users can use this state data value for storing important state information, such as the progress of a multi-reboot deployment process.
SYSCFG Options For State Configuration
The following table lists all valid options and arguments along with a description of the expected behavior of each option.
NOTE: Some of the following options or arguments are not available on all systems.
162 SYSCFG
Table 329. SYSCFG Options For State Configuration
Option Valid Arguments Description
-b or --byte <string> Specifies a value to write to state data. The format of the argument must be in decimal format unless the -x option is given. If the -x option is given, the value is interpreted as hexadecimal format. The value can optionally contain 0x. The decimal range is 0255, and the hexadecimal range is 0x000xFF.
Example:
A:>syscfg -b 1
The state byte has been set to 1.
A:>syscfg -b 2 -x
The state byte has been set to 0x02.
-r or --read* NOTE: The asterisk is not part of the command syntax.
NA Reads the value of state data. When used with the -x option, the value is reported in hexadecimal format (0xNN).
Example:
A:>sysfg -r -x
The state byte has been set to 0x02.
A:>syscfg -r
The state byte has been set to 2.
-x or --hex None Specifies that a value should be in hexadecimal format.
Example:
A:>sysfg -r -x
The state byte has been set to 0x01.
A:>sysfg -x -b 0x02
The state byte has been set to 0x02.
SYSCFG for System Configuration SYSCFG enables system configuration and reporting. It reports system identification values, processor types and speeds, memory size, and detects device using PCI scan.
Options For System Configuration
Table below documents valid options and arguments along with a description of the expected behavior of each option. Options and arguments are case sensitive. All options and pre-defined arguments are lowercase unless stated otherwise.
NOTE: Some of the following options or arguments might not be available on all systems. Some of the command line
options are followed by an asterisk. Such options are used for reporting purposes only.
SYSCFG 163
Table 330. SYSCFG Options and Arguments for System Configuration
Option Valid Arguments Description
--asset None Reports the customer-programmable asset tag number for a system. This option displays the asset tag for a system. For Blade systems, the SYSCFG utility reports the asset tag for both the server module and the asset tag for its chassis. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters .
Example:
A:>syscfg --asset
asset=ASSET
--biosver* None Reports the BIOS version for a system. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the BIOS version.
Example:
A:>syscfg --biosver
biosver=A08
--chassvctag* None Reports the chassis service tag on blade systems.
Example:
A:>syscfg --chassvctag
chassvctag=SVCTAG1
--cpucount* None Reports the number of processors found on the system.
Example 1:
A:>syscfg --cpucount cpucount=1
Example 2:
A:>syscfg --cpucount cpucount=2
--cpuspeed* None Reports the speed of all processors in a system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --cpuspeed
cpuspeed=1000MHz
--envfile <filename> Reads the environment variable file (included in DTK as sys.ini ) and sets environment variables to names in the file, based on the system's information. Primarily, this command performs a PCI scan and matches the vendor/device numbers of the devices to those specified in the environment variable file. For more information, see the Environment Variable File.
164 SYSCFG
Table 330. SYSCFG Options and Arguments for System Configuration (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg --envfile sys.ini
DELLNIC1=INTEL PRO100 DELLNIC2=INTEL PRO100 DVIDEO1=RAGEXL DIDE1=PEQUR/ROSS IDE DSCSI1=AIC-7899
--mem* None Reports the amount of system memory physically installed in the system, not the amount of memory available to an operating system. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the amount of system memory. The last two characters of the memory value indicate the order of magnitude used (KB or MB).
Example:
A:>syscfg --mem
mem=256MB
-n <filename> Specifies an input file to use for resolving PCI vendor and device numbers to strings. The file must be present (with read rights) and contain a properly formatted list. For more information, see PCI Reporting . This option must be used with the pci option.
Example:
A:>syscfg -n pci.txt --pci
PCI Bus: 2, Device: 4, Function: 0 Vendor: 8086 - Intel Corp. Device: 1229 - 82557/8/9 [Ethernet Pro 100] Sub Vendor:8086 - Intel Corp. Sub Device:1017 - EtherExpress
PRO/100+ Dual Port Server Adapter Slot: 01 Class: 02 - Network SubClass: 00 - Ethernet
--ovrwrt* None When used with the outfile option, this option specifies that the output file should be overwritten if it exists.
NOTE: This option is applicable only on PowerEdge systems prior to 12G.
Example:
A:>syscfg -outfile=out.ini --ovrwrt
--pci* None Performs a scan of all PCI buses and displays the results. The utility uses an open source pci.ids file for vendor/device name resolution. The utility looks for a file called pci.ids in the current working directory. If the file is not found in the current working directory, the directory containing the SYSCFG executable is searched. If the -n option is used to specify a filename, this filename is used for resolution. If a specific filename is not
SYSCFG 165
Table 330. SYSCFG Options and Arguments for System Configuration (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Description
given and the pci.ids file cannot be found, Unknown is printed for all vendor and device codes.
For more information, see PCI Reporting.
Example 1 (the pci.ids filename is specified in the command line instance ):
A:>syscfg -n pci.ids --pci
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 0 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0012 - CMIC-LE Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 1 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0012 - CMIC-LE Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 2 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0000 - Unknown Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
None Example 2 (the pci.ids file is located in the same directory as the utility so that names resolve):
A:>syscfg --pci
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 0 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0012 - CMIC-LE Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 1 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0012 - CMIC-LE Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 2 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0000 - Unknown Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
166 SYSCFG
Table 330. SYSCFG Options and Arguments for System Configuration (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Description
None Example 3 (a pci.ids file does not exist) :
A:>syscfg --pci
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 0 Vendor: 1166 - Unknown Device: 0012 - Unknown Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 1 Vendor: 1166 - Unknown Device: 0012 - Unknown Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 2 Vendor: 1166 - Unknown Device: 0000 - Unknown Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI
-s <string> Sets an environment variable to the value of a function command option. The string argument must be alphanumeric without any spaces or symbols. The variable name must be in upper case. This option must be used with at least one function command.
Example:
A:>syscfg -s ENVNAME --svctag
ENVNAME=SERVICE
--slot* None Reports the slot on a Blade system. If it is not a Blade system, the slot is reported as 0. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the slot.
Example 1 (Blade systems) :
A:>syscfg --slot
slot=1
Example 2 (Rack and Tower systems) :
A:>syscfg --slot
slot=0
NOTE: This option is valid only on PowerEdge blade systems.
--svctag* None Reports the service tag for a system. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the BIOS version.
SYSCFG 167
Table 330. SYSCFG Options and Arguments for System Configuration (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Description
Example:
A:>syscfg --svctag
svctag=113CD1S
--sysasset* None Reports the system asset tag on Blade systems.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sysasset
sysasset=ASSET01
--sysid* None Reports the unique system id bytes for a server. Servers contain a unique ID value based on their model. The ID value is reported as a hexadecimal value with a leading 0x, lowercase hexadecimal letters, and zero-padded to 2 bytes. If used with the -s general option, the environment variable is set to the system ID.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sysid
sysid=0x00df
--sysname* None Reports the system identification string for a server, which is the string displayed under the Dell logo during POST. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the system name.
Example:
A:>syscfg --sysname
sysname=PowerEdge 1550/1000
--syssvctag* None Reports the system service tag on a Blade system.
Example:
A:>syscfg --syssvctag
syssvctag=BLADE01
--uuid* None Reports the Unique User Identifier (UUID) for a system. The UUID is a unique system identifier used in PXE requests.
Example:
A:>syscfg --uuid
uuid=44454C4C-5300-104C-8044- B1C04F423131
168 SYSCFG
SYSCFG For IPv6 Configuration The following table lists all valid options and arguments for IPv6 configuration along with a description of each option. These options are applicable only if the DRAC on your system supports IPv6.
NOTE: This option is available only if appropriate license is installed.
Table 331. SYSCFG For IPv6 Configuration
Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description
lancfgparamsv 6 or lcpv6
--ipv6 enable, disable
Enables or disables the IPv6 stack.
A:> syscfg lcpv6 -- ipv6=enable
--ipsrcv6=static --ipaddrv6= <ipv6address> --prefixlengthv6=<prefix lengthv6> --gatewayv6=<ipv6gateway address>
NA Allows you to manually configure IPv6 addresses.
A:>syscfg lcpv6
--ipsrcv6=static -- ipaddrv6=1234:1234:1234::123 4
--prefixlengthv6=32 -- gatewayv6=1234:1234:1234::1
--ipsrcv6=auto NA Automatically configures the IPv6 addresses.
A:>syscfg lcpv6 -- ipsrcv6=auto
--dnssrcv6=auto NA Automatically configures the DNS address.
A:>syscfg lcpv6 -- dnssrcv6=auto
--dnssrcv6=static -- dnsserver1v6=<ipv6dnsserver 1address>
NA Allows you to manually set the DNS address.
-- linklocaladdripv6=<linkloca laddripv6>
Allows you to view IPv6 addresses.
A:>syscfg lcpv6 -- linklocaladdripv6=134.56.45. 233
--gatewayv6=<gatewayv6> Allows you to view IP gatewayv6 address.
SYSCFG 169
PCI Reporting The scan of the PCI bus uses a file to resolve PCI vendor and device codes to vendor information strings. The format of the PCI output is as follows:
PCI Bus: 2, Device: 4, Function: 0 Vendor: 8086 - Intel Corp. Device: 1229 - 82557/8/9 [Ethernet Pro 100] Sub Vendor:8086 - Intel Corp.
Sub Device:1017 - EtherExpress PRO/100+ Dual Port Server Adapter Slot: 01 Class: 02 - Network SubClass: 00 - Ethernet
If the file for vendor resolution is not present, the utility prints Unknown next to a vendor name. If the file for environment variable names is not present, the utility fails the environment variable operation.
The pci.ids file is located at \DELL\TOOLKIT\TOOLS on Windows systems and /opt/dell/toolkit/bin on Linux systems. For more information and examples, see the Options For System Configuration.
Environment Variable File
The environment variable file can be used for discovering and recording system information to environment variables. The file consists of several sections with .ini format that map PCI vendor/device numbers to environment variable values. The environment variable file is sys.ini in \DELL\TOOLKIT\TOOLS on Windows systems and on Linux systems, you can find it in /opt/dell/toolkit/bin . For example, the [DELLNIC] section header designates that an environment variable named dellnic1 should be set to the value of the name or value pair whose name matches the NIC's vendor or device number. If multiple NICs are present on a system, the environment variables are numbered sequentially: dellnic1, dellnic2 , and so on
Environmental Variable File Excerpt (sys.ini)
[DELLNIC]
;environment variable will be set to INTELPRO100F for vendor 8086, dev 1001
8086,1001=INTELPRO1000F
;environment variable will be set to INTELPRO100T for vendor 8086, dev 1004
8086,1004=INTELPRO1000T
;environment variable will be set to INTELPRO100XT for vendor 8086, dev 1008
8086,1008=INTELPRO1000XT
The names of the environment variables can be changed in the Variable Names section. If a name is changed, the section that corresponds to that name must be changed as well.
Also available in the .ini file is a section that maps the system ID number to a string. This string can be used to identify the system during the discovery phase of deployment. The section name is the environment variable that is set to the value of the name/value pair whose name matches the system ID. To change the name of the environment variable, change the value of the MACHINE name in the Variable Names section, and change the corresponding section name.
170 SYSCFG
RAIDCFG This section documents the Deployment Toolkit (DTK) RAID configuration utility. The RAIDCFG utility provides a single command line tool that can configure all supported RAID controllers.
Topics:
Features Supported RAID Controllers RAIDCFG Options And Arguments RAID Configuration Utility Options And Arguments Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands
Features The RAID configuration utility:
Displays help and usage information. Reads configuration options from the Command Line Interface (CLI) parameters. Enumerates RAID controllers, physical disks, and virtual disks. Creates and deletes virtual disks. Logs activity to a given filename. Returns specific error codes and messages. Assigns and unassigns global and dedicated hot spares.
NOTE: In Microsoft Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), you can find the RAIDCFG utility at
\DELL\x32\TOOLKIT\TOOLS or at \DELL\x64\TOOLKIT\TOOLS. In Linux, you can find it at/opt/dell/ toolkit/bin.
Supported RAID Controllers The RAIDCFG utility supports the following RAID controllers: PERC FD33xD and PERC FD33xS
PERC H830 Adapter, PERC H330 Adapter, PERC H330 Embedded, PERC H730 Adapter, and PERC H730P Adapter
PERC H330 Mini Monolithic, PERC H730 Mini Monolithic, and PERC H730P Mini Monolithic
PERC H310 Adapter, PERC H310 Mini Blade, PERC H310 Mini Monolithic, PERC H310 Embedded, PERC H710 Mini Blade, PERC H710P Mini Blade, PERC H710 Adapter, and PERC H710 Adapter
PERC H200 Integrated, PERC H200 Adapter, PERC H200 Embedded, PERC H700 Integrated, PERC H700 Adapter, and PERC H800 Adapter
PERC 6/E Adapter, PERC 6/I Integrated, and PERC 6/I Adapter PERC 6/I Integrated for blade systems PERC 5/E Adapter, PERC 5/I Integrated, and PERC 5/I Adapter PERC S110, PERC S100, PERC S130, and PERC S300 software controller SAS 6iR Integrated and SAS 6iR Adapter SAS 5iR Integrated and SAS 5iR Adapter
5
RAIDCFG 171
RAIDCFG Options And Arguments Table below lists all of the valid options, parameters, and arguments for the RAIDCFG utility. For more information on valid RAIDCFG options and their specific uses, see RAID Configuration Utility Options and Arguments.
Mandatory command line options must be present in the command. Optional command line options can be typed in any order after the mandatory options have been typed. Many options have both a short and long format. Short and long format options cannot be used in the same command line instance.
Table below shows some examples of valid and invalid short and long format command line instances. For an explanation of the specific order for each option, see RAID Configuration Utility Options And Arguments. For a list of frequently used RAID commands, see Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands.
NOTE: Some of the following options or arguments might not be available on all systems.
Table 332. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options
Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional
No option
-h
-?
or
/?
NA Displays general usage information for the utility. The usage information consists of a comprehensive list of valid options, parameters, and arguments.
Optional.
See General Help for specific usage information.
-ac or action
blink Blinks the specified physical disks on the specified controller.
See Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks for specific usage information.
ci
or
cancelinit
Cancels the slow or full initialization on the selected virtual disk.
See Initializing Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
cc or consistencycheck Checks the consistency for a specified virtual disk.
See Consistency Check For Virtual Disk for specific information.
ccc or cancelconsistencycheck
Cancels the consistency check for a specified virtual disk.
See Consistency Check For Virtual Disk for specific information.
chsk
or
changesecuritykey
Changes the encryption key of the encryption-capable controller.
See Changing Encryption Key for specific information.
crbd
or
cancelrebuild
Cancels the rebuild of the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.
See Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild for specific information.
172 RAIDCFG
Table 332. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional
ctr
or
converttoraid
Configures the array disk as RAID. See Configuring Array Disk as RAID for specific information.
csk
or
createsecuritykey
Creates encryption key for the encryption-capable controller.
See Creating Encryption Key for specific information.
ctnr
or
converttononraid
Configures the array disk as JBOD. See Configuring Array Disk as RAID for specific information.
cvd or
createvdisk
Creates a virtual disk.
NOTE: When providing multiple physical disks for the createvdisk command, do not separate the disks with spaces. For example, - ad= 1:4, 1:5 causes an error.
The correct syntax for displaying multiple physical disks is -ad= 1:4,1:5,1:6
See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
dvd or
deletevdisk
Deletes a virtual disk. See Deleting Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
dpc
or
discardPreservedCache
Discards the preserved cache on the controller.
See Discarding Preserved Cache for specific usage information.
dphs
or
disablepersistenthotsp are
Disables the controller Persistent Hot Spare feature for the selected controller.
See Enabling and Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares for specific usage information.
dsk
or
deletesecuritykey
Deletes the encryption key of the encryption-capable controller.
See Deleting Encryption Key for specific usage information.
RAIDCFG 173
Table 332. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional
eai
or
enableautoimport
Configures the auto import property of the controller.
See Configuring Auto Import for specific usage information.
ephs
or
enablepersistenthotspa re
Enables the controller Persistent Hot Spare feature for the selected controller.
See Enabling and Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares for specific usage information.
evs
or
expandvdsize
Increases the size of the virtual disk by the specified percentage.
See Increasing Virtual Disk Size for specific usage information.
fgnimp
or
foreignimport
Imports the foreign configuration for the indicated controller.
See Importing and Clearing Foreign Configurations for specific usage information.
fgnclr
or
foreignclear
Clears the foreign configuration for the specified controller.
See Importing and Clearing Foreign Configurations for specific usage information.
fgnrvr
or
foreignrecover
Recovers the foreign configuration for the specified controller.
See Importing and Clearing Foreign Configurations for specific usage information.
fi
or
fastinit
Initializes the virtual disk for the specified controller.
See Initializing Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
gfki
or
getforeignkeyids
Displays the foreign key ids present on the specified controller.
See Displaying Foreign Key Ids for specific usage information.
gpciels Displays the Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) link speed of the controller.
See Setting and Displaying the PCIe Link Speed for specific usage information.
174 RAIDCFG
Table 332. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional
or
getPCIeLinkSpeed
insecerase
or
instantsecureerase
Erases the encrypted physical disk that is in ready or foreign disk state.
See Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk for specific usage information.
isfc
or
importsecureforeigncon fig
Imports the foreign configuration of the virtual disks secured with the specified passphrase.
See Importing Secured Foreign Configurations for specific usage information.
lghs
or
listglobalhotspare
Displays the array (physical) disks used for global hot spare for the specified controller.
See Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares for specific usage information.
offline Sets the physical disk state to offline. See Configuring Physical Disk State for specific usage information.
online Sets the physical disk state to online. See Configuring Physical Disk State for specific usage information.
rghs
or
removeglobalhotspare
Unassigns all global hot spares to disks on the specified controller.
See Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares for specific usage information.
replacepd
or
replacepdisk
Replaces the physical disk of a virtual disk by a ready state disk.
See Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk for specific usage information.
rbd
or
rebuild
Rebuilds the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.
See Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild for specific information.
rst Resets the selected controller. See Resetting The Controller for specific usage information.
RAIDCFG 175
Table 332. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional
or
reset
sbf
or
setbootflag
Sets the indicated virtual disk as boot VD on the indicated controller.
See Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk for specific usage information.
sbm
or
setbootmode
Sets the bootmode of the controller to 0 (BIOS stop on error), 1 (BIOS continue on error), or 2 (Headless continue on error) during system startup or reboot.
See Setting Boot Mode for specific usage information.
sghs
or
setglobalhotspare
Assigns the specified disks as global hot spares on the specified controller.
Optional. See Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares for specific usage information.
sli
or
slowinit
Initializes the virtual disk for the specified controller using the slowinit command.
See Initializing Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
spciels
or
setPCIeLinkSpeed
Sets the PCIe link speed of the controller to 2 or 3.
See Setting And Displaying The PCIe Link Speed for specific usage information.
svdn
or
setvdname
Sets the name of the specified virtual disk on the specified controller.
See Setting Virtual Disk Name for specific usage information.
-ad or adisk
NA Specifies an array disk command. See Enumerating Array Disks for specific usage information.
ch:targ, ch:targ, ... or ch:targ:lun,... or ch:targ:enc channel:target, or channel:target:lun,
or
channel:target:enclosure
Specifies an array disk.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
Optional.
See Enumerating Array Disks for specific usage information.
176 RAIDCFG
Table 332. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional
NOTE: You can also use pdisk or
-pd instead of adisk or -ad to
specify an array disk.
-c or controlleri d
<valid controller ID number>
Specifies a RAID controller. See Enumerating RAID Controllers for specific usage information.
-cp or cachepolicy
d or e Specifies the cache policy for reads on a specified virtual disk or disk cache policy.
Optional.
See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
-ctrl or controller
NA Displays a list of the supported RAID controllers in the system, along with select property information.
Mandatory, must be typed in the correct order.
See Enumerating RAID Controllers for specific usage information.
-envc or envcommand
<string> Sets a user-defined environmental variable (<string>) to the value returned from a function call.
See Setting Environment Variables for specific usage information.
-envn or envname
<string> Sets the environment variable (<string>) that equates to the value returned from a function call.
See Setting Environment Variables for specific usage information.
-fd or failoverdrive
ch:targ, ch:targ, ... or ch:targ:lun,... or ch:targ:enc channel:target, or channel:target:lun,
or
channel:target:enclosure
Specifies the location of the failover drive in an array.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
NOTE: From DTK 2.4 onwards, the -fd option creates dedicated
hot spares instead of global hot spares. To set global hot spares, see Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares.
Optional.
See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
-i <filename> Reads the RAID configuration information from the given .ini filename and creates the RAID configurations on the specified controllers.
Mandatory.
See Miscellaneous Options for specific usage information.
-l or logfile <filename> Logs command line output to a file. Optional.
See Miscellaneous Options for specific usage information.
-o <filename> Reads the RAID configurations from all available controllers and write these configurations in the given .ini filename.
Mandatory.
RAIDCFG 177
Table 332. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional
See RAID Replication Options for specific usage information.
-r or raid <valid RAID level number>
Sets the RAID level for the array.
Valid RAID values are 0, 1, 5, 10, 50.
If no value is specified for RAID, 0is taken as the default level.
Optional.
See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
-rp or readpolicy
ra, ara, nra, rc, nrc Sets the read policy for the virtual disk. Optional.
See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
-se or setenvironmen t
NA Sets a user-defined environment variable to the value returned from the function call. The function calls are:
getcontrollerslots, getfirmware, getcontrollertype, getadisks, getadiskcount, getfreeadisks, getfreeadiskcount, getfreeadisksize, and gethotspares.
Mandatory.
See Setting Environment Variables for specific usage information.
-si or silent NA Does not display any information on the terminal console.
Optional.
See Miscellaneous Options for specific usage information.
-sp or spanlength
<number> The span size of RAID 5, which is a mandatory parameter for RAID 50.
NOTE: Spanlength is applicable for RAID 10, RAID 50, and RAID 60. The minimum permissible spanlength value is 2for RAID 10, 3for RAID 50
and 4for RAID 60. The number of
array disks for creating virtual disks should not be a prime number and should be divisible by the specified spanlength.
Mandatory.
See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
-sz or size <number> Sets the maximum size on the virtual disk in MB or GB if the size is not provided.
The default size is in MB. If GB follows the number, the size is expressed in GB.
Optional.
See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
-ssz or stripesize
<number> Sets the stripe size on the virtual disk in KB.
NOTE: When creating virtual disks, do not specify the units for chunk
Optional.
See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
178 RAIDCFG
Table 332. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional
(stripe) size. The units are always listed in KB.
-vd or vdisk NA Displays the virtual disks under all of the controllers along with the physical array disks that make up the virtual disks.
See Enumerating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
<valid virtual disk ID number>
Displays the specified virtual disk. Optional.
See Enumerating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.
-ver or version
NA Displays the version number of the utility.
Optional.
See Miscellaneous Options for specific usage information.
-wp or writepolicy
wb, wt, wc, nwc, fwb Sets the write policy for a virtual disk. The valid arguments are: wb (writeback caching), wt (write-through caching), wc (write-caching), nwc (no- write-caching), and fwb (force-write- back).
Optional.
See Miscellaneous Options for specific usage information.
RAID Configuration Utility Options And Arguments The following tables document valid options, parameters, and arguments along with a description of the expected behavior of each option. Options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments are case-sensitive and entered in lowercase, unless stated otherwise. The information is grouped by task in the following sections:
General Help
Enumerating RAID Controllers
Setting Environment Variables
Importing and Clearing Foreign Configurations
Resetting The Controller
Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares
Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares
Setting And Displaying The PCIe Link Speed
Setting Boot Mode
Configuring Auto Import
Creating Virtual Disks
Initializing Virtual Disks
Enumerating Virtual Disks
Deleting Virtual Disks
Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk
Blinking And Unblinking Virtual Disks
Setting Virtual Disk Name
RAIDCFG 179
Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk
Consistency Check For Virtual Disk
Enumerating Array Disks
Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks
Configuring Array Disk as RAID
Configuring Physical Disk State
Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild
Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk
RAID Replication Options
Miscellaneous Options
Increasing Virtual Disk Size
Discarding Preserved Cache
Displaying Foreign Key Ids
Creating Encryption Key
Changing Encryption Key
Deleting Encryption Key
Importing Secured Foreign Configurations
Creating Virtual Disks
General Help
The following table lists the RAIDCFG general help options.
Table 333. General Help
Option Parameters Valid Arguments Description
No option-h-?or/? NA NA Displays general usage information for the utility. The usage information consists of a comprehensive list of valid options, parameters, and arguments. This option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -h
RAIDCFG v5
Copyright (c) 2002-2014 Dell Inc.
[raidcfg]
Help: options in <> are mandatory and options in [] are
180 RAIDCFG
Table 333. General Help
Option Parameters Valid Arguments Description
optional and can be in any order after mandatory ones.
raidcfg -h
Provides users with general help options that may be used with this utility.
Enumerating RAID Controllers
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for enumerating RAID controllers.
Table 334. Enumerating RAID Controllers
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl or controller
NA NA Lists all the RAID controllers on the host system, along with select property information. This option is mandatory
Example:
raidcfg -ctrl Controller_ID/Slot_ID: 4 Controller_PCI_ID: 9:0:0 Controller_Name: PERC H710P Adapter Channels: 2 No.of Virtual_Disks: 17 Array_Disks: 0:0:1,0:1:1,0:2:1,0:3:1,0:4:1,0:5:1, 0:6:1, 0:7:1 Persistent Hot Spare: Disabled Firmware Version: 21.2.0-007 Controller_Boot_Mode: 2 (Headless continue on error) Enable_Auto_Import: No T10 Protection Info Capable: No RAIDCFG Command successful!
-c or controllerid
<valid controller ID number>
Displays the properties for the RAID controller with the specified controller ID. This option combination is mandatory.
Example:
raidcfg -ctrl -c=31 Controller_ID/Slot_ID: 31 Controller_PCI_ID: 7:0:0 Controller_Name: PERC FD33xS Channels: 1 No.of Virtual_Disks: 1 Array_Disks: 0:0:1,0:2:1,0:3:1,0:4:1,0:7:1,0:8:1,0 :10:1,0:12:1,0:14:1,0:15:1 Persistent Hot Spare: Disabled Firmware Version: 25.2.2-0004 Preserved Cache: Not Available Controller_Boot_Mode: 1 (BIOS continue on error) Enable_Auto_Import: Yes
RAIDCFG 181
Table 334. Enumerating RAID Controllers (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
T10 Protection Info Capable: Yes Encryption Capable: Yes Encryption Key Present: Yes RAIDCFG Command successful!
Creating Virtual Disks
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and predefined arguments for creating virtual disks.
NOTE: If you create a virtual disk on Windows PE, reboot the system.
Table 335. Creating Virtual Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -ac=cvd -c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ,
... [or ch:targ:encl,...] or
controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,... channel:target: lun,... [or channel:target: enclosure,...]
NA NA Creates a virtual disk comprising the properties supplied. This option combination is mandatory.
NOTE: Create a bootable virtual disk only from the disk drives of slot 0-3 of the system.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=2 -ad=1:4,1:8 -r=1 -ssz=32 -cp=d -rp=nra -wp=wt -fd=1:1
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-cp or cachepolicy
d or e Valid arguments for disk cache policy are:
d Disable e Enable
The -cp option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
-fd or failoverdrive
ch:targ, ch:targ, ... or ch:targ:lun,... or ch:targ:enc channel:target, or channel:target:l un, or channel:target: enclosure
Sets the failover drive for the virtual disk. The -fd option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
NOTE: From DTK 2.4 onwards, the -fd option creates dedicated hot spares instead of global hot spares. For information about setting global hot spares, see Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
182 RAIDCFG
Table 335. Creating Virtual Disks (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
-r or -raid 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, 50, 60 Sets the RAID type or level for the virtual disk.
NOTE: If this option is not specified for any RAID controller, RAID 0 is taken as the default.
The valid arguments are:
0 RAID 0 uses data striping, which is writing data in equal-sized segments across the array disks. RAID 0 does not provide data redundancy.
1 RAID 1 is the simplest form of maintaining redundant data. In RAID 1, data is mirrored or duplicated on one or more drives.
5 RAID 5 provides data redundancy by using data striping in combination with parity information. Rather than dedicating a drive to parity, the parity information is striped across all disks in the array.
6 RAID 6 is an extension of RAID 5 and uses extra parity block. It uses block-level striping with two parity blocks distributed across all member disks. RAID 6 provides protection against double disk failures and failures while a single disk is rebuilding. If there is only one array, RAID 6 may be a better option than a hot spare disk.
10 RAID 10 is a stripe of mirrors. Multiple RAID 1 mirrors are created, and a RAID 0 stripe is created over RAID 1 mirrors.
50 RAID 50 is a dual-level array that uses multiple RAID 5 sets in a single array. A single hard drive failure can occur in each of the RAID 5 without any loss of data on the entire array. Although the RAID 50 has increased write performance, when a hard drive fails and reconstruction takes place, performance decreases, data/program access is slower, and transfer speeds on the array are affected.
60 RAID 60 is a combination of RAID 6 and RAID 0. A RAID 0 array is striped across RAID 6 elements. It requires at least 8 disks.
-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ, ... [or ch:targ:encl,...] or
controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk=
-rp or readpolicy ra, ara, nra, rc, nrc CAUTION: If the controller is changed from SCSI to RAID mode, expect data loss to occur. Back up any data you want to save before changing the modes.
Sets the SCSI read policy for the virtual disk. Specify the SCSI read policy for the logical drive. The valid arguments are:
ra (read-ahead) The controller reads sequential sectors of the disk when seeking data.
RAIDCFG 183
Table 335. Creating Virtual Disks (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
channel:target: lun, channel:target: lun,... [or channel:target: enclosure,...]
ara (Adaptive Read-Ahead) The controller initiates read-ahead only if the two most recent read requests accessed sequential sectors of the disk. If subsequent read requests access random sectors of the disk, the controller reverts to No-Read- Ahead policy. The controller continues to evaluate whether read requests are accessing sequential sectors of the disk and can initiate read-ahead if necessary.
nra (No-Read-Ahead) The controller does not read sequential sectors of the disk when seeking data.
NOTE: The ra, ara, and nra options are supported on the following RAID controllers only:
PERC 5/E Adapter, PERC 5/I Integrated, PERC 5/i Adapter
PERC 6/i Integrated, PERC 6/i Adapter, PERC 6/E Adapter
rc (Read-Caching) Enables read caching.
nrc (No-Read-Caching) Disables read caching.
-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ, ... [or ch:targ:encl,...] or
controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,... channel:target: lun,... [or channel:target: enclosure,...]
-sp or spanlength <number> Creates a virtual disk comprised of the properties supplied. The -sp option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
NOTE: Spanlength is applicable only for RAID 50 and RAID 60. The minimum permissible spanlength value for RAID 50 is 3 and for RAID 60 is 4. The number of array disks for creating a virtual disk should not be a prime number and should be divisible by the specified spanlength.
NOTE: For creating RAID 10, the PERC 9 firmware suggests the layout (number of array disks) with uneven span (spans with unequal number of array disks), though in a span the number of disks remain even. For example, for 32 disks, RAID 10 is created with all the disks in one span and for 34 disks, RAID 10 is created with 16 disks in one span and 18 disks in the other span.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ,
-ssz or stripesize
<number> Sets the stripe size for the virtual disk. The stripe size is the amount of array disk space used on
184 RAIDCFG
Table 335. Creating Virtual Disks (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
... [or ch:targ:encl,...] or
controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun, channel:target: lun,... [or channel:target: enclosure,...]
each array disk included in the stripe. A valid argument is a number that is less than the size of the virtual disk. The -sszoption is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination. However, do not specify a unit for stripe size when creating virtual disks. The unit is always displayed in KB.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ , ... [or ch:targ:encl,...] or
controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun, channel:target: lun,... [or channel:target: enclosure,..
-str or strict <number> Strict (-str parameter) is the percentage of expected array disk utilization.
Example:
A:> raidcfg -ctrl -ac= cvd -c=0 -ad=0:0,0:1 - r=1 -str=20
If the unused portion of an array disk is greater than the mentioned percentage, raidcfg aborts.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ, ... [or ch:targ:encl,...] or
controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,... channel:target: lun,... [or channel:target: enclosure,...]
-sz or -size <number> Sets the maximum size of the virtual disk in MB or GB. A valid argument is a number representing the maximum size for the virtual disk. The - szoption is optional and can be the added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
The minimum virtual disk size that you can create for various controllers is as follows:
For PERC 5 controllers: RAID 0: 100 MB RAID 1: 100 MB RAID 5: 100 MB
For PERC 6 controllers: RAID 0: 100 MB RAID 1: 100 MB RAID 5: 100 MB RAID 6: 100 MB RAID 60: 100 MB
For PERC 7, PERC 8, and PERC 9 controllers: RAID 0: 100 MB
RAIDCFG 185
Table 335. Creating Virtual Disks (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
RAID 1: 100 MB RAID 5: 100 MB RAID 6: 100 MB RAID 10: 100 MB RAID 50: 100 MB RAID 60: 100 MB
Software RAID controllers: RAID 0: 100 MB RAID 1: 100 MB RAID 5: 100 MB RAID 10: 100 MB
NOTE: If this option is not provided, RAIDCFG determines the maximum virtual disk size and creates it.
-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ, ... [or ch:targ:encl,...] or
controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,... channel:target: lun,... [or channel:target: enclosure,...]
-vdpi or vdiskprotectionin fo
0,1 Creates a virtual disk with the T10 Protection Information (PI) feature enabled.
NOTE: This option is supported only on PERC 9 controllers.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=2 -ad=1:4,1:8 -vdpi=1
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-wp or writepolicy
wb, wt, wc, nwc, fwb Sets the write policy for the virtual disk. The valid arguments are:
wb Write-Back caching sets the controller to send a write-request completion signal as soon as the data is in the controller cache but has not yet been written to disk.
wt Write-Through caching sets the controller to send a write-request completion signal only after the data is written to the disk.
NOTE: The wb and wt options are supported on the following RAID controllers only:
PERC 5/E Adapter, PERC 5/I Integrated, PERC 5/i Adapter
PERC 6/i Integrated, PERC 6/i Adapter, PERC 6/E Adapter
PERC 7, PERC 8, and PERC 9
wc Write-Caching sets the controller to send a write-request completion signal only after the data is written to the disk.
186 RAIDCFG
Table 335. Creating Virtual Disks (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
nwc No-Write-Caching specifies that the controller does not send a write-request completion signal after the data is written to the disk.
fwb Force write-back caching, enables the write cache regardless of whether the controller has a battery. If the controller does not have a battery and force write-back caching is used, data loss may occur in the event of a power failure
NOTE: The -wpoption is optional and can be
added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.
For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.
-sf or secureflag 0, 1 Creates a secured virtual disk on controllers with encryption capability and encryption key.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=2 -ad=1:4,1:8 -sf=1
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Enumerating Array Disks
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for enumerating array disks (hard- drives).
NOTE: You can also use pdisk or -pd instead of adisk or -ad to specify an array disk.
Table 336. Enumerating Array Disks (Hard Drives)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters/ Arguments
Description
-ad -c=id or adisk controllerid=id
NA NA Lists all the array disks attached to the specified RAID controller. This option combination is mandatory.
NOTE: The following example displays the output of a Series 7 controller.
NOTE: The software controller does not display the NegSpeed, CapSpeed,
Certified and Supported parameters.
RAIDCFG 187
Table 336. Enumerating Array Disks (Hard Drives)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters/ Arguments
Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -c=2
Controller: PERC H710P Adapter ****** Physical Drive ****** Vendor: DELL(tm) Model: ST3300657SS Protocol: SAS Media: HDD NegSpeed: 6144 Mbps CapSpeed: 6144 Mbps Certified: YES Supported: YES Location: 0:7:1 Size: 285568 MB (278 GB) Avail: 285568 MB (278 GB) PowerState: Spun Up SMARTState: No Error DiskState: Ready Encryption Capable: No Secured: Not Applicable Sector Size: 512B T10 Protection Info Capable: No
****** Physical Drive ****** Vendor: DELL Model: ST500NM0011 Protocol: SATA Media: HDD NegSpeed: 3072 Mbps CapSpeed: 3072 Mbps Certified: YES Supported: YES Location: 0:4:1 Size: 476416 MB (465 GB) Avail: 0 MB PowerState: Spun Up SMARTState: No Error DiskState: Online Encryption Capable: No Secured: Not Applicable Sector Size: 512B T10 Protection Info Capable: No
****** Physical Drive ****** Vendor: DELL Model: SAMSUNG HE253GJ Protocol: SATA Media: HDD NegSpeed: 3072 Mbps CapSpeed: 3072 Mbps Certified: YES Supported: YES Location: 0:7:1 Size: 237824 MB (232 GB) Avail: 0 MB PowerState: Spun Up SMARTState: No Error DiskState: Online Encryption Capable: No Secured: Not Applicable Sector Size: 512B T10 Protection Info Capable: No
188 RAIDCFG
Table 336. Enumerating Array Disks (Hard Drives) (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters/ Arguments
Description
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-vd=id or vdisk=id Lists the array disks that make up the virtual disk on the specified RAID controller. This option combination is mandatory.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -c=4 -vd=0 Controller: PERC H710P Adapter ****** Physical Drive ******Drive Vendor: DELL (tm) Model: ST3450757SS Protocol: SAS Media: HDD MedSpeed: 6144 Mbps CapSpeed: 6144 Mbps Certified: YES Supported: YES Location: 0:0:1 Size: 428672 MB (418 GB) Avail: 0 MB PowerState: Spun Up SMARTState: No Error DiskState: Online Encryption Capable: Yes Secured: No Sector Size: 512B T10 Protection Info Capable: No
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-ad -c=id or adisk controllerid=id
-ad= ch:targ,ch:t arg,... adisk= channel:tar get, channel:tar get,...
Displays information about the specified array disk. This option combination is mandatory.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -c=4 -ad= 0:0:1 ****** Physical Drive ****** Vendor: DELL(tm) Model: ST3450757SS Protocol: SAS Media: HDD MegSpeed: 6144 Mbps CapSpeed: 6144 Mbps Certified: YES Supported: YES Location: 0:0:1 Size: 428672 MB (418 GB) Avail: 0 MB PowerState: Spun Up SMARTState: No Error DiskState: Online Encryption Capable: Yes Secured: No Sector Size: 512 MB T10 Protection Info Capable: No
RAIDCFG Command successful!
RAIDCFG 189
Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for blinking and unblinking array disks (hard drives).
NOTE: You can also use pdisk or -pd instead of adisk or -ad to specify an array disk.
Table 337. Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ad -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ , ... -ac=blink - c=id or adisk adisk= channel:target , channel:target ,. .. -ac=blink controllerid= id vdisk=id
NA NA Blinks the specified physical disks on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ad=0:0:1 - ac=blink -c=4 RAIDCFG Command successful!
-ad -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ , ... -ac= unblink -c=id or adisk adisk= channel:target , channel:target ,. .. -ac= unblink controllerid= id vdisk=id
NA NA Unblinks the specified physical disks on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg ad ad=0:0:1 ac=unblink c=4 RAIDCFG Command successful!
Enumerating Virtual Disks
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for enumerating virtual disks.
Table 338. Enumerating Virtual Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
vd or vdisk NA NA Lists all the virtual disks for each controller along with the array disks that make up each virtual disk. This option is mandatory.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd Controller: PERC H710P Adapter VDisk ID: 0 Virtual Disk Name: Virtual Disk 0 Size: 857344 MB (837 GB) Type: RAID 0 Read Policy: Adaptive Read Ahead Write Policy: Write Back Cache Policy: Disabled Stripe Size: 64 Drives: 0:0:1,0:1:1 BootVD: No T10 Protection Info: Disabled RAIDCFG Command successful!
190 RAIDCFG
Table 338. Enumerating Virtual Disks (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd or vdisk -c or controller id
<valid controller ID number>
Lists all the virtual disks under the indicated controllers. Each virtual disk is displayed with the physical disk that comprises it. The -c option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=4 Controller: PERC H710P Adapter VDisk ID: 0 Virtual Disk Name: Virtual Disk 0 Size: 857344 MB (837 GB) Type: RAID 0 Read Policy: Adaptive Read Ahead Write Policy: Write Back Cache Policy: Disabled Stripe Size: 64 Drives: 0:0:1,0:1:1 BootVD: No T10 Protection Info: Disabled
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-vd -c=id or vdisk controllerid= id
-vd or vdisk
Displays details about a single virtual disk under the indicated controller. The -vd -c= id option combination is mandatory. The second -vd option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=0 Controller: PERC H710P Adapter VDisk ID: 0 virtual Disk Name: Virtual Disk 0 Size: 857344 MB (837 GB) Type: RAID 0 Read Policy: Adaptive Read Ahead Write Policy: Write Back Cache Policy: Disabled Stripe Size: 64 Drives: 0:0:1,0:1:1 BootVD: No T10 Protection Info: Disabled
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Deleting Virtual Disks
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for deleting virtual disks.
Table 339. Deleting Virtual Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -ac=dvd - c=id
NA NA Deletes all virtual disks on the indicated controller. This option combination is mandatory.
RAIDCFG 191
Table 339. Deleting Virtual Disks (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
or
vdisk action=deletevdis k controllerid=id
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=dvd -c=2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-vd -ac=dvd - c=id or
vdisk action=deletevdis k controllerid=id
-vd or vdisk <valid virtual disk ID number>
Deletes the indicated virtual disk on the indicated controller. The -vd- ac=dvd -c =id option combination is mandatory. The second -vd option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=dvd -c=2 -vd=0
RAIDCFG Command successful!
NOTE: When virtual disks are created, the RAID controller starts the background initialization operation. Virtual disks
cannot be deleted until this operation completes.
NOTE: If the raid.ini file contains the [Reset] section, then the RAIDCFG utility removes all the hot spares (dedicated
and global) and virtual disks on the specified RAID controllers in the system.
Increasing Virtual Disk Size
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for increasing the virtual disk size of the controller.
Table 340. Increasing Virtual Disk Size
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -c=id - vd=vdid -ac=evs - szinper=% or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=vdid action=expandvdsi ze sizeinpercent=%
NA NA Increases the size of the virtual disk by the specified percentage.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 - ac=evs -szinper=25
Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting a virtual disk as a bootable virtual disk.
Table 341. Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -ac=sbf - c=id or
-vd or vdisk <valid virtual disk ID number>
Sets the specified virtual disk as bootable virtual disk on the specified controller.
192 RAIDCFG
Table 341. Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
vdisk action= setbootflag controllerid= id
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=sbf -c=2 -vd=0 RAIDCFG Command successful!
Blinking And Unblinking Virtual Disks
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for blinking or unblinking a physical disk associated with a virtual disk.
Table 342. Blinking And Unblinking Virtual Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -vd=id ac=blink -c=id or vdisk vdisk=id action=blink controllerid=id
NA NA Blinks the physical disks associated with the specified virtual disk on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -vd=2 -ac=blink - c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!
-vd -vd=id ac=unblink -c=id or vdisk vdisk=id action=blink controllerid=id
NA NA Unblinks the physical disks associated with the specified virtual disk on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -vd=2 -ac=blink - c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!
Setting Virtual Disk Name
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting the name of a virtual disk on a controller.
Table 343. Setting Virtual Disk Name
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -vd=id - ac=svdn - vdn= <string> - c=id or vdisk vdisk= id action= setvdname vdname=<string> controllerid= id
NA NA Sets the name of the specified virtual disk on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -vd=2 -ac=svdn - vdn=xxx -c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!
Setting Environment Variables
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting the CLI environment.
RAIDCFG 193
Table 344. Setting Environment
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-se -envn=<string> -envc=<function> or
setenvironment envname=<string> envcommand=<function >
NA NA Sets a user-defined environment variable to the value returned from the getcontrollerslots function call. This option combination is mandatory.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=CNTRL - envc=getcontrollerslots CNTRL=0 1 2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-se -envn=<string> -envc=<function> or
setenvironment envname=<string> envcommand=<function >
-f or filename <filename> Captures the environment output to the given filename. This option either appends the information to an existing file or creates a new file.
-se -envn=<string> - envc=<function> - c=id or
setenvironment envname=<string> envcommand=<function > controllerid=id
NA NA Sets a user-defined environment variable to the value returned from the getfirmware, getcontrollertype, getadisks, getadiskcount, getfreeadisks,getfreeadiskcount, getfreeadisksize, or gethotspares function call. This option combination is mandatory.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=FIRMWARE -envc=getfirmware -c=2 FIRMWARE=531T
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Function Calls of Setenvironment Option
The following table lists the function calls of the setenvironment option.
Table 345. Function Calls of the setenvironment Option
Function Call Description
getfirmware Returns the firmware version of the specified controllers.
194 RAIDCFG
Table 345. Function Calls of the setenvironment Option (continued)
Function Call Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=FIRMWARE -envc= getfirmware -c=2
FIRMWARE=531T
RAIDCFG Command successful!
getcontrollertype Returns LSI for LSI controllers and ADAP for Adaptec controllers.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=CONTROLLERTYPE -envc= getcontrollertype -c=2
CONTROLLERTYPE=LSI
RAIDCFG Command successful!
getadisks Returns the array disks attached to the controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=ADISKS -envc=getadisks -c=2
ADISKS=0:0:1,0:1:1,0:2:1
RAIDCFG Command successful!
getfreeadiskcount Returns the number of free array disks found in the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=FREEADISKCOUNT -envc= getfreeadiskcount -c=2
FREEADISKCOUNT=2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
getfreeadisksize Returns the total size of the free array disks in megabytes.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=FREEADISKSIZE -envc= getfreeadisksize -c=2
FREEADISKSIZE=15346
RAIDCFG Command successful!
gethotspares Returns the global hot spares (global failover disks) found on the specified controller.
RAIDCFG 195
Table 345. Function Calls of the setenvironment Option (continued)
Function Call Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=HOTSPARES -envc= gethotspares -c=2
HOTSPARES=1:8:1,1:9:1
RAIDCFG Command successful!
getfreeadisks Returns the free array disks.
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=GETFREEADISKS -envc= getfreeadisks -c=2
GETFREEADISKS=0:3:1,0:4:1
RAIDCFG Command successful!
getadiskcount Returns the total number of array disks.
A:>raidcfg -se -envn=GETADISKCOUNT -envc= getadiskcount -c=2
GETADISKCOUNT=1
RAIDCFG Command successful!
RAID Replication Options
The following table lists the RAID replication options.
Table 346. RAID Replication Options
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-i NA
Example:
A:> raidcfg -i=\tmp\raid.ini
-o NA
196 RAIDCFG
Table 346. RAID Replication Options (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
Example:
A:> raidcfg -o=\tmp\raid.ini
The contents of the raid.ini file are: [vdisk0] controllerid=0 size=123456 raid=5 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wt stripesize=32 cachepolicy=d adisk=0:0:1,0:1:1,0:2:1 [vdisk1] controllerid=0 size=65345 raid=1 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wt stripesize=64 cachepolicy=d adisk=0:3:1,0:4:1
NOTE: If the controller uses global hot spares, the raid.ini file contains the following section:
[GlobalHotspare0]
controllerid=0
failoverdrive=0:8:0
Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for assigning and unassigning global hot spares.
Table 347. Assigning, Unassigning, and Listing Global Hot Spares
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -ac=sghs -c=id -ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl or
controller action=setglobalh otspare controllerid=id adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure
NA NA Assigns the specified disk as a global hot spare on the controller. You can assign only one disk at a time.
NOTE: The parameter, force, is optional
and is used to avoid the warning messages while assigning the disk as global hot spare. This parameter is supported only on PERC 9 controllers.
NOTE: Assign hot spare for a bootable virtual disk only from the disk drives of slot 0-3 of the system.
RAIDCFG 197
Table 347. Assigning, Unassigning, and Listing Global Hot Spares (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=sghs -c=2 - ad=0:1 -force
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-ad|-pd -ac=lghs -c=id or adisk| pdisk - action=listglobal hotspare controllerid=id
NA NA Displays the array (physical) disks used for global hot spare for the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=lghs -c=2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-ctrl ac=rghs - c=id -ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl or controller action=removeglob alhotspare controllerid=id adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure
NA NA Unassigns all the specified global hot spares to a disk on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=rghs -c=2- ad=0:1,0:2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Importing And Clearing Foreign Configurations
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for foreign configurations.
Table 348. RAIDCFG Options for Foreign Configurations
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id - ac=fgnimp or
controller controllerid=idac tion=foreignimpor t
NA NA Imports the foreign configuration detected in the selected controller. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers.
If you use this argument on a controller that does not have a foreign configuration, the No Foreign configuration present in the controller message is displayed.
NOTE: For importing secured foreign configuration, use importsecureforeignconfig or isfc.
For more details, see Importing Secured Foreign Configurations.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=fgnimp
198 RAIDCFG
Table 348. RAIDCFG Options for Foreign Configurations (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id -ac= fgnclr or
controllercontrol lerid=id foreignclear
NA NA Clears the foreign configuration detected in the selected controller. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers..
If you use this argument on a controller that does not have a foreign configuration, the No Foreign configuration present in the controller message is displayed.
NOTE: For clearing secured foreign configuration, use instantsecureerase or insecerase. For more details, see
Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=fgnclr
-ctrl -c=id -ac=fgnrvr or
controller controllerid=id action=foreignrec over
NA NA Recovers the foreign configuration detected in the selected controller. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers.
If you use this argument on a controller that does not have a foreign configuration, the No Foreign configuration present in the controller message is displayed.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=fgnrvr
Importing Secured Foreign Configuration
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for importing secured foreign configuration of the virtual disks.
Table 349. RAIDCFG Options for Importing Secured Foreign Configuration
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id -ac=isfc - pp=passphrase or
controller controllerid=id action=importsecu reforeignconfig passphrase=passph rase
NA NA Imports the foreign configuration of the virtual disks secured with the specified passphrase.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=isfc - pp=Dell_123
RAIDCFG 199
Displaying Foreign Key Ids
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for displaying the foreign key ids of the controller.
Table 350. Displaying Foreign Key Ids
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
--ctrl -c=id - ac=gfki or
controller controllerid=id action=getforeign keyids
NA NA Displays the foreign key ids present on the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=gfki Controller: PERC H710P Mini ******** Foreign Key IDs ******** Disk Location: 0:7:1 Foreign Key ID: secure
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Creating Encryption Key
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for creating encryption key for the controller.
Table 351. Creating Encryption Key
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id -ac=csk - pp=passphrase - kid=key or
controller controllerid=id action=createsecu ritykey passphrase=passph rase keyid=key
NA NA Creates encryption key for the encryption- capable controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=csk - pp=Dell_123 kid=Dell_321
Changing Encryption Key
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for changing the encryption key of the controller.
Table 352. Changing Encryption Key
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id -ac=chsk - pp=passphrase -kid=key - opp=passphrase or
NA NA Changes the encryption key of the encryption- capable controller.
200 RAIDCFG
Table 352. Changing Encryption Key
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
controller controllerid=id action=changesecu ritykey passphrase=passph rase keyid=key oldpassphrase=pas sphrase
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=chsk -pp=Dell_123 kid=Dell_321 - opp=Dell_abc
Deleting Encryption Key
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for deleting the encryption key of a controller.
Table 353. Deleting Encryption Key
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id - ac=dsk or
controller controllerid=id action=deletesecu ritykey
NA NA Deletes the encryption key of the encryption- capable controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=dsk
Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for configuring the rebuild of the physical disks associated with a virtual disk.
Table 354. Configuring the Disk Rebuild
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -ac=rbd -ad|- pd= ch:targ:encl -c=id or
vdisk action=rebuild adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
NA NA Rebuilds the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=rbd -ad=0:1 - c=2
-vd -ac=crbd -ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl - c=id or
NA NA Cancels the rebuild of the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=crbd -ad=0:1 - c=2
RAIDCFG 201
Table 354. Configuring the Disk Rebuild (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
vdisk action=cancelrebu ild adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
Configuring Array Disk As RAID
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for configuring the array disk as RAID.
Table 355. Configuring Array Disk as RAID
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ad -ac=ctr -ad|- pd= ch:targ:encl -c=id or
vdisk action=converttor aid adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
NA NA Configures the array disk as RAID.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=ctr -ad=0:1 - c=2
-ad -ac=ctnr -ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl - c=id or
vdisk action=convertton onraid adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
NA NA Configures the array disk as JBOD.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=ctnr -ad=0:1 - c=2
Configuring Physical Disk State
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for configuring the physical disk state to online or offline.
CAUTION: Setting a physical disk online or offline may result in data loss. Either complete an automatic rebuild
of the physical disk or initiate a consistency check of the virtual disk after an online task completes.
Table 356. Configuring Physical Disk State
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ad -ac=online -ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl - c=id
NA NA Sets the array disk state to online.
202 RAIDCFG
Table 356. Configuring Physical Disk State (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
or
adisk action=online adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=online - ad=0:1 -c=2
-ad -ac=offline -ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl - c=id or
adisk action=offline adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
NA NA Cancels the rebuild of the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=offline - ad=0:1 -c=2
Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for replacing the physical disk of a virtual disk with a ready state disk.
Table 357. Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -ac=replacepd -vd=id ch:targ:encl - c=id or
vdisk action=replacepdi sk adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id
NA NA Replaces the physical disk of a virtual disk by a ready state disk, whose size is greater than or equal to the size of the physical disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=replacepd - vd=2 -c=2 -src=0:1 -dest=0:1
Consistency check for virtual disk
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and predefined arguments for a consistency check for a virtual disk.
Table 358. Consistency Check For Virtual Disk
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -c=id -vd=id -ac=cc or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id
NA NA Check consistency for a specified virtual disk.
RAIDCFG 203
Table 358. Consistency Check For Virtual Disk (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
action=consistenc ycheck
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=cc
-vd -c=id -vd=id -ac=ccc or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=cancelcons istencycheck
NA NA Cancels the consistency check for the specified virtual disk.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=ccc
NOTE: Consistency check command is not applicable when RAID=0.
Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for erasing encrypted physical disks.
Table 359. Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ad -ad | pd= ch:targ: enc1,ch:targ:e ncl ,... - ac=insecerase - c=id
or
adisk adisk | pdisk= channel:target :enclosure , channel:target :enclosure ,.. . action=instant secureerase controllerid= id
NA NA Erases the encrypted physical disk that is in ready or foreign disk state.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ad -ad=0:1,0:2 -ac=insecerase -c=2
Discarding Preserved Cache
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for discarding the preserved cache on the controller.
Table 360. Discarding Preserved Cache
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
--ctrl -c=id - ac=dpc -force or
NA NA Discards the preserved cache on the controller.
204 RAIDCFG
Table 360. Discarding Preserved Cache (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
controller controllerid=id action=discardPre servedCache force
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=dpc - force
RAIDCFG Command successful!
--ctrl -c=id - ac=dpc -force - igncfg or
controller controllerid=id action=discardPre servedCache force - ignoreconfig
NA NA Discards the preserved cache on the controller ignoring the foreign configuration.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=dpc - force -igncfg
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Initializing Virtual Disks
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for initializing selected virtual disks.
Table 361. Initializing Virtual Disks
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-vd -c=id -vd=id -ac=fi or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=fastinit
NA NA Initializes the selected virtual disk in the selected controller with the fastinit command. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers.
Using the fastinit command on unsupported controllers returns an error.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=fi
-vd -c=id -vd=id -ac=sli or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=slowinit
NA NA Initializes the selected virtual disk in the selected controller with the slowinit command. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers. Using the slowinit command on unsupported controllers returns an error.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=sli
-vd -c=id -vd=id -ac=ci or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=cancelinit
NA NA Cancels the initialization of the virtual disk with the cancelinit command. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers. Using the cancelinit command on unsupported controllers returns an error..
RAIDCFG 205
Table 361. Initializing Virtual Disks (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=ci
Resetting The Controller
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and predefined arguments for resetting the controller.
Table 362. Resetting The Controller
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id -ac=rst or controller controllerid=id action=reset
NA NA Resets the specified controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=rst
-ctrl -c=id - ac=rst -force or -controller - controllerid=id - action=reset
force NA The parameter force, is optional. This option is used to reset or delete the BootVD in Post operating system.
Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for enabling and disabling dedicated hot spares.
Table 363. Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
--ctrl -c=id - ac=ephs or
controller controllerid=id action=enableperi stenthotspare
NA NA Assigns the slot corresponding to the hot spare drive as persistent. Any drive in the slot functions as a hot spare if the drive is qualified to be a hot spare.
NOTE: Assign hot spare for a bootable virtual disk only from the disk drives of slot 0-3 of the system.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=ephs -c=2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
--ctrl -c=id - ac=dphs or
controller controllerid=id
NA NA Disables the persistent slot corresponding to the hot spare drive. If the drive is removed from the slot and any drive is inserted, the slot stops functioning as a hot spare. You must manually assign the drive as a hot spare again.
206 RAIDCFG
Table 363. Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
action=disableper sistenthotspare
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=dphs -c=2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Setting And Displaying The PCIe Link Speed
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting and displaying the Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) link speed of the controller.
Table 364. Setting and Displaying the PCIe Link Speed
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
--ctrl -c=id -ac=spciels - spd=<2 | 3> or
controller controllerid=id action=setpcielin kspeed speed=<2 | 3>
NA NA Sets the PCIe link speed of the controller to PCIe Generation 2 or 3.
NOTE: Reboot the system to apply the setting.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 - ac=spciels -spd=2
RAIDCFG Command successful!
--ctrl -c=id - ac=gpciels or
controller controllerid=id action=getpcielin kspeed
NA NA Displays the PCIe link speed of the controller.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 - ac=gpciels
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Supported Controllers And Firmware Versions For PCIe Link Speed
The following table lists the controllers and minimum supported firmware versions for PCIe link speed.
Table 365. Supported Controllers And Firmware Versions For PCIe Link Speed
Controllers Component Minimum Supported Versions
PERC H710 H710 Adapter 21.2.0-0007
H710 Mini Monolithic 21.2.0-0007
PERC H710P H710P Adapter 21.2.0-0007
H710P Mini Monolithic 21.2.0-0007
PERC H810 H810 Adapter 21.2.0-0007
RAIDCFG 207
Setting Boot Mode
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting the boot mode of the controller.
Table 366. Setting Boot mode
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id - ac=sbm bm=<0|1| 2> or controller controllerid=id action=setbootmod e bootmode=<0|1| 2>
NA NA Sets the boot mode of the controller to any of the following during the system start or reboot: Stop on error (0)
Continue on error (1)
Continue headless on error (2)
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=sbm - bm=0
Configuring Auto Import
The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for configuring the auto import property of the controller.
Table 367. Configuring Auto Import
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
-ctrl -c=id - ac=eai ai=<0|1> or controller controllerid=id action=enableauto import autoimport=<0|1>
NA NA Sets the auto import property of the controller to 1 (enables the auto import property to automatically import the foreign configuration) or 0 (disables the auto import property).
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=eai - ai=0
Miscellaneous Options
The following table lists all other RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments.
Table 368. Miscellaneous Optional Parameters
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
any option -l or logfile <filename> Logs command line output to a file. The utility either appends the information to an existing log file or creates a new file. The log file contains the same information as standard output. This option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory options have been added.
208 RAIDCFG
Table 368. Miscellaneous Optional Parameters (continued)
Mandatory Options and Arguments
Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments
Description
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -l=log.txt
Controller_ID/Slot_ID: 0 Controller_PCI_ID: 4:2:1 Controller_Name: Dell PERC 6/E Channels: 2 Virtual_Disks: 0 Firmware Version: V2.8-0[6064]
RAIDCFG Command successful!
-si or silent NA Does not display any information on the terminal console. This option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after any mandatory options have been added.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -si
-ver or version NA Displays the version number of the RAIDCFG utility. This option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after any mandatory options have been added.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ver
RAIDCFG V4.4
Copyright (c) 2002-2014 Dell Inc.
RAIDCFG Command successful!
Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands The following table lists the basic RAIDCFG commands.
Table 369. Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands
Purpose Command Description
To list all the RAID controllers in a system
raidcfg -ctrl Lists all the RAID controllers in the system.
Record the slot ID of the controllers for later reference.
Example:
A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=sghs -c=2 -ad=0:1
RAIDCFG Command successful!
RAIDCFG 209
Table 369. Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands (continued)
Purpose Command Description
To list all the disks attached to a particular controller
raidcfg adisk - c=slotid
Lists all the disks attached to the controller. The slot ID is obtained from the first command.
Record the drive location of the disks for later reference.
To create a virtual disk with all the default settings
raidcfg -ctrl - ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,...
Creates a virtual disk of maximum available size for type RAID 0. RAID 0 is the default.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <- ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.
To create a virtual disk of a certain size with all the default settings
raidcfg -ctrl - ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,... -sz=5GB
Creates a virtual disk of 5 GB size for type RAID 0. RAID 0 is the default.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <- ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.
To create a virtual disk of a certain size and make it RAID 1
raidcfg -ctrl - ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y -sz=5GB -r=1
Creates a virtual disk of 5 GB size for type RAID 1.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <- ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.
To create a virtual disk of a certain size and make it RAID 5
raidcfg -ctrl - ac=cvd -c=slotid - ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,... - sz=5GB -r=5
Creates a virtual disk of 5 GB size for type RAID 5.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <- ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.
To create a virtual disk of a certain size and make it RAID 1 with a hot spare
raidcfg -ctrl - ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y -sz=5GB -r=1 -fd=x:y
Creates a virtual disk of 5 GB size for type RAID 1.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <- ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.
The option <-fd> stands for failover drive and requires the drive location of the drive you want the dedicated hot spare to be in. The drive location is obtained from the second command.
To create a virtual disk of RAID 10
raidcfg -ctrl - ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,x:y -r=10
Creates a virtual disk of max size for type RAID 10.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <- ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands. The drive location is obtained from the second command.
To create a virtual disk of RAID 50
raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,x:y ,x:y, x:y -r=50 -sp=x
Creates a virtual disk of maximum size for type RAID 50.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <- ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands. The drive location is obtained from the second command.
To create a virtual disk of RAID 6
raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,x:y ,x:y, x:y -r=6 -sp=x
Creates a virtual disk of maximum size for type RAID 6.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <- ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands. The drive location is obtained from the second command.
NOTE: The minimum number of drives required to create a virtual disk of RAID 6 is 4.
To create a virtual disk of RAID 60
raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,x:y ,x:y, x:y -r=60 -sp=x
Creates a virtual disk of maximum size for type RAID 60.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <- ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands. The drive location is obtained from the second command.
210 RAIDCFG
Table 369. Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands (continued)
Purpose Command Description
NOTE: The minimum number of drives required to create a virtual disk of RAID 60 is 8.
To view all the virtual disks in a system
raidcfg vdisk Lists the virtual disks on a system for all RAID controllers.
To view all the virtual disks for a specific controller
raidcfg vdisk - c=slotid
Lists all the virtual disks on a specific controller.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> is obtained from the first commands.
To delete a specific virtual disk on a controller
raidcfg vdisk - ac=dvd -c=slotid -vd= vdiskid
Deletes a specific virtual disk on a controller.
The slot ID in <-c=slotid> is obtained from the first command and the vdiskid in <-vd=vdiskid> is obtained from command 10.
RAIDCFG 211
UPINIT The UPINIT utility allows to create a utility partition (UP) on a hard drive, format the partition, and extract the partition contents onto the disk.
Topics:
Features Creating A Partition Using UPINIT UPINIT Dependencies UPINIT Options And Arguments
Features The UPINIT utility:
Displays help and usage information. Returns specific error codes and messages.
NOTE: In Microsoft Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), you can find the UPINIT utility in
\DELL\TOOLKIT\TEMPLATES\SCRIPTS. In Linux, you can find it in /opt/dell/toolkit/templates/scripts
Creating A Partition Using UPINIT The size of the virtual disk where a utility partition is to be created must be a minimum of 8 GB.
UPINIT performs the following steps: Ensures that the UP image file is present and readable. Ensures that no partitions are present on the target disk. Creates a utility partition of type Dell Utility (DE). If there is an existing UP, UPINIT does not create a new one. It only
updates the existing UP. If no UP is found, UPINIT exits. Updates the boot sector with the UP boot sector image. If required, it updates the master boot record as well. Mounts the partition. Uncompresses the UP file onto the UP image. Unmounts the partition.
NOTE: On Windows PE, UPINIT runs as a batch file. In Linux, it runs as a shell script that uses standard Linux commands to
accomplish the same tasks as done by the Windows PE UPINIT utility. Both command lines are identical and the output of
the two utilities are identical when the same image is used.
UPINIT Dependencies On systems running Linux, UPINIT looks for the following files:
mbr file in the dell/drmk directory
sysdrmk in the dell/toolkit/bin directory On systems running Windows, UPINIT looks for the following files:
createup.cfg , mountup.cfg , umountup.cfg , and listup.cfg in the DELL\TOOLKIT\TEMPLATE\SCRIPTS directory
sysdrmk.exe in the DELL\TOOLKIT\TOOLS directory
6
212 UPINIT
UPINIT Options And Arguments Table below lists the valid options and arguments for the UPINIT utility.
Table 370. UPINIT Options and Arguments
Option Valid Arguments Description
none none If no options are given, the tool outputs usage information. The usage information is printed in the format shown below.
Example 1:
A:>upinit
upinit version 1.0 2012 Dell Inc. All rights reserved upinit.sh --disk|-d=disk --size|-s= size --file|-f=file [--overwrite|-o] [--help|-h] --help or -h prints help. --disk or -d disk device on which to create the Dell Utility Partition. --size or -s Size in MB for the Dell Utility Partition. --file or -f filename of Dell Utility Partition Image File. --overwrite or -o Installs the Dell Utility partition over an existing one.
Example 2:
upinit --disk=/dev/sda --size=32 -- file=upimg.bin In the example, upinit creates a Dell Utility Partition of size 32 MB on /dev/sda using upimg.bin file.
NOTE: The --overwrite option should be used for upgrading/ downgrading purposes. The --size option is not required when using the --overwrite option because the --overwrite option does not resize an existing Dell Utility Partition. If any partitions exist, they are deleted.
-h none This function command requires an argument that matches a valid option. If the argument matches a valid option, that options usage information is displayed. This option cannot be used with other options.
Windows PE Example:
upinit version 1.0
Copyright (c) 2002-2012 Dell Inc.
This utility creates a utility partition for your system. This utility requires a Utility Partition image file (upimg.bin) which can be found under /opt/ dell/toolkit/systems folder in the Deployment Toolkit ISO. For more information, please consult the Deployment Toolkit Documentation. Usage:
upinit.bat [--overwrite] --disk=ID or -d=ID --size=size or -s=size
UPINIT 213
Table 370. UPINIT Options and Arguments (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Description
--file=file or -f=file --help or -h prints usage. --disk or -d ID of the disk on which to create the Dell Utility Partition. --size or -s Size in MB for the Dell Utility Partition. --file or -f Filename of the Dell Utility Partition Image File. --overwrite or -o Overwrites an existing Dell Utility Partition.
Example:
upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file= upimg.bin
In the example, upinit creates a Dell Utility Partition of size 32 MB using the upimg.bin image file.
The --overwrite option should be used for upgrading/downgrading purposes. The --size option is not required when using the --overwrite option because the --overwrite option does not resize an existing Dell Utility Partition. If any partitions exist, they are not deleted.
Linux Example:
upinit version 1.0 Copyright (c) 2002-2012 Dell Inc. This utility creates a utility partition for your system. This utility requires a Utility Partition image file (upimg.bin) which can be found under /opt/dell/toolkit/systems folder in the Deployment Toolkit ISO. For more information, please consult the Deployment Toolkit Documentation.
Usage:
upinit.sh --disk|-d=disk --size|-s= size --file|-f=file [--overwrite|-o] [--help|-h] --help or -h prints help. --disk or -d disk device on which to create the Dell Utility Partition. --size or -s Size in MB for the Dell Utility Partition. --file or -f filename of Dell Utility Partition Image File. --overwrite or -o Installs the Dell Utility partition over an existing one.
Example:
upinit --disk=/dev/sda --size=32 --file=upimg.bin
In the example, upinit creates a Dell Utility Partition of size 32 MB on /dev/sda using the upimg.bin file.
The --overwrite option should be used for upgrading/downgrading purposes. The --size option is not required when using the --overwrite option because the --overwrite option does not resize an existing Dell Utility Partition. If any partitions exist, they are not deleted.
214 UPINIT
Table 370. UPINIT Options and Arguments (continued)
Option Valid Arguments Description
disk integer, required (Windows) string, required (Linux)
Specifies the disk on which to create a utility partition. This disk is checked to ensure that there are no existing partitions. Utility exits with an error if the disk has partitions other than a utility partition.
Use option --overwrite to overwrite an existing utility partition.
Example:
A:>upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file= c:\upimage.bin (WinPE Example)
# upinit --disk=/dev/hda --size=32 -- file=/home/BIN/upimage.bin (Linux Example)
size integer, required The size of the utility partition to create. The created utility is at least the size specified by size and be as close to actual size as drive geometry allows.
Example :
A:>upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file= c:\upimage.bin
file string, required Specifies a file that is decompressed onto the utility partition. This file is checked for existence and availability before any partitions are created on the disk. If the file is not specified, the utility simply create the utility partition, format it, and exits. The user has to mount and populate the utility partition. It is very unlikely that the user do NOT specify the utility partition format.
Example:
A:>upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file= c:\upimage.bin
--overwrite string, optional Overwrites an existing utility partition. It does not create a new partition or delete an existing partition.
UPINIT 215
Messages And Codes This section documents the error messages and codes used in Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit (DTK).
Topics:
SYSCFG Error Codes And Messages UPINIT Common Error Codes And Messages UPINIT Linux-Specific Error Codes And Messages UPINIT Windows PE-Specific Error Codes And Messages RAIDCFG Error Codes And Messages RACADM Firmware Error Codes And Messages RACADM Utility Error Codes And Messages
SYSCFG Error Codes And Messages The SYSCFG utility checks your commands for correct syntax and valid input. When you enter a command, a message is displayed stating the results of the command.
Failure Messages
The SYSCFG utility failure messages provide error codes to help diagnose why some commands do not succeed. The following table lists SYSCFG error codes and messages.
Table 371. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
0 Success 1 Attempt to read write-only parameter. 2 Password cannot exceed 16 characters. 3 A BMC was either not detected or is not supported. 4 This username is already in use. Enter a unique username. 5 Access mode not supported. 6 Cannot return number of requested data bytes. 7 User ID 1 cannot be assigned a username. 8 Cannot execute duplicated request. 9 There was an error clearing the SEL. 10 Clear SEL cannot be accompanied with any other option. 11 racreset cannot be accompanied with any other option. 12 Cannot execute command. Command, or request parameter(s), not supported
in present state. 13 Command not supported on given channel. 14 The community string may only contain printable ASCII characters. 15 Destination unavailable. Cannot deliver request to selected destination.
7
216 Messages And Codes
Table 371. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
16 Cannot execute command. Insufficient privilege level. 17 Command illegal for specified sensor or record type. 18 Invalid commstring value. 19 Hardware subsystem error. Invalid data field in Request. 20 Invalid destination IP address. 21 The GUID is invalid. 22 Invalid gateway. 23 Invalid hostname. 24 Invalid IP address. 25 Invalid DNS IP address. 26 Invalid sub net mask. 27 Invalid value for PEF. PEF value should be between 1 and 16. 28 Reservation Canceled or Invalid Reservation ID. 29 Invalid Time to live value. 30 Invalid VLANID value. 31 Invalid Command. Used to indicate an unrecognized or unsupported
command. 32 Command invalid for given LUN. 33 Load defaults cannot be accompanied with any other option. 34 There was an error loading the defaults. 35 Node Busy. Command could not be processed because command processing
resources are temporarily unavailable. 36 Out of space. Command could not be completed because of a lack of
storage space required to execute the given command operation. 37 This parameter is not supported. 38 Parameter out of range. One or more parameters in the data field of the
Request are out of range. 39 The password may only contain printable ASCII characters. 40 Password test failed. 41 Requested data length invalid. 42 Requested data field length limit exceeded. 43 Requested Sensor, data, or record not present. 44 Request data truncated. 45 Command response could not be provided. 46 Command response could not be provided. BMC initialization or
initialization agent in progress. 47 Command response could not be provided. Device in firmware update mode. 48 Command response could not be provided. SDR Repository in update mode. 49 Cannot execute command, SEL erase in progress.
Messages And Codes 217
Table 371. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
50 Attempt to set the 'set in progress' value when not in the 'set in complete' state.
51 The SOL character accumulate interval is invalid. 52 The SOL character send threshold is invalid. 53 The SOL retry interval is invalid. 54 Command completed successfully. 55 Time-out while processing command. Response unavailable. 56 Unspecified error. 57 The password may only contain printable ASCII characters. 58 Username cannot exceed 16 characters. 59 Invalid VLANID value. Enter in dddd format. 60 Attempt to write read-only parameter. 61 BMC is busy. 62 Response data did not return successfully. 63 BMC time out error. 64 Option requires an argument. 65 The asset tag for this system is not available. 66 The asset tag cannot be more than 10 characters long. 67 The required BIOS interfaces cannot be found on this system. 68 The BIOS version information is not available. 69 There is not enough free system memory to complete the BIOS update. 70 The BIOS update file version is a different version class (A00, X00)
than the current system BIOS. Use the --force option to use this BIOS image.
71 The BIOS update file version is older than the current system bios. Use the --force option to use this BIOS image.
72 The BIOS update file version is identical to the current system bios. Use the --force option to use this BIOS image.
73 The sequence list must be a comma-separated numerical list of valid unique boot device numbers (ex: 2, 1, 3).
74 The sequence list must be a comma-separated list of valid unique device names (ex: nic.emb.1, hdd.emb.1) or a comma-separated numerical list of valid unique boot device numbers (ex: 2, 1, 3).
75 There was an error setting the sequence. 76 The list is not formatted correctly. See the help for more details. 77 The size of returned buffer is larger than the size of allocated buffer. 78 There was a problem getting the state byte. 79 The state byte is not available on this system. 80 There was a problem setting the state byte. 81 The state byte must be a value between 0 and 255 decimal.
218 Messages And Codes
Table 371. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
82 The CPU information is not available. 83 The dependent option required for this subcommand is missing in the
command line. 84 Duplicate sub command has been entered. 85 The script file does contain not a valid DTK environment script
signature. 86 The format of the environment variable is incorrect. 87 The --envar option can only be used for a single option. 88 The --envar option can only be used for report operations. 89 The individual sub commands should be specified for the -s option. 90 Getting external serial connector settings failed. 91 Setting external serial connector settings failed. 92 There was an error opening the file. 93 File does not have write permission. 94 The file contains invalid options. 95 The replication information does not match for this system. 96 There can only be one section in the input file. 97 Bad ini file, the section cannot be found. 98 The format of the bios image file is incorrect. 99 Report operations and set operations must be separate. 100 Help is not available for the option. 101 The -x (--hex) option can only be used with -b or -r. 102 Input file not found. 103 Input file cannot be read. 104 Invalid argument for option. 105 Function table lookup error. 106 The machine ID was not found in the file. 107 The system memory information is not available. 108 Mode can only be used with the --pci option. 109 The device name or index must be present in the boot order. 110 The output file could not be opened. Please make sure the path exists
and the media is not write protected. 111 Could not write to output file, disk may be full. 112 The current password must be supplied with a new password using --
oldsyspwd. 113 The current password must be supplied with a new password using --
oldsetuppwd. 114 The current password can only be supplied when setting a new password. 115 Actions are not allowed for this filter. Only alerts are allowed.
Messages And Codes 219
Table 371. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
116 There was an error getting the option. 117 The option is not available or cannot be configured through software. 118 There was an error setting the option. 119 The -n (--namefile) option can only be used with - -pci. 120 The password may only contain alphanumeric characters. 121 The BIOS passwords have been disabled via jumper. 122 The password length must be between 1 and 32. 123 This password is locked and can only be unlocked by the admin user. 124 There was an error setting the password. 125 The LCD string length must be between 1 and %s. 126 The LCD string may only contain alphanumeric characters. 127 There was an error setting the LCD string. 128 The second channel can only be set if the RAID controller is set to
RAID. 129 The set operation requires sub commands. 130 The service tag for this system is not available. 131 The system ID value is not available. 132 The system information string is not available. 133 A system error has occurred. 134 Usage error. 135 The uuid information is not present on this system 136 Version cannot be accompanied with any other option. 137 The self-identify blinker timer should be set to 0..255 second(s). 138 Encrypt key is too long. 139 Encrypt key is invalid, accepted characters are 0 to 9 or A to F. 140 Parameter has been temporarily disabled due to a dependency on other
settings. 141 The old password supplied is incorrect. The new password will not be
set. Please try again. 142 Cannot stat /etc/omreg.cfg file. Please ensure /etc/omreg.cfg file is
present and is valid for your environment. You can copy this file from the DTK iso.
143 Getting nicselection settings failed. 144 HAPI Driver Load Error. 145 Filter action power reduction is only supported for the system power
warn/fail filters. 146 TPM/TCM Clear settings requires setup password. 147 There is currently no TPM/TCM Clear request pending. 148 Password is not required for retrieving the %s options. 149 Setup password is required for setting the %s options.
220 Messages And Codes
Table 371. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
150 Invalid Password override. 151 Invalid TPM/TCM set option. 152 There was an error setting the TPM/TCM option. 153 There is no setup password installed on this system. 154 The setup password supplied is incorrect. Please try again. 155 Profile should be custom for setting cpupowermode, memorypowermode and
fanmode. 156 There was an error setting the Power Option. 157 The power cap value entered is out of range. Please try again. 158 The power cap value entered must be between 0 to 100 if unit is percent. 159 Invalid IPv6 address. The IPv6 address cannot be link-local or
multicast. 160 Invalid IPv6 address. The IPv6 address specified has incorrect address
format. 161 Invalid IPv6 address. The gateway address specified has incorrect
address format. 162 Invalid IPv6 address. The Primary DNS server address specified has
incorrect address format. 163 Invalid IPv6 address. The Secondary DNS server address specified has
incorrect address format. 164 Invalid IPv6 address. The gateway address specified is invalid. 165 Invalid configuration. Attempting to apply IPv6 configuration on a non
supported platform. 166 Invalid IPv6 configuration. Attempt to set DNS server address manually
while DNS address source is set to auto. 167 Invalid IPv6 configuration. Attempt to set IPv6 address manually while
IPv6 address source is set to auto. 168 Invalid IPv6 configuration. Attempting to apply IPv6 configuration
without loading IPv6 stack. 169 Invalid IPv4 configuration. Attempting to apply IPv4 configuration with
IPv4 disabled. 170 Invalid IPv6 configuration. Ipv6 address cannot be specified without
specifying prefix-length. 171 Invalid IPv6 configuration. dnssrcv6 cannot be set to auto when ipsrcv6
is set to manual. 172 Error while executing IPMI Set command. 173 Error while executing IPMI Get command. 174 Error during Trap Alert. 175 Unspecified error. 176 Getting LCD settings failed. 177 Invalid configuration. Attempting to set cap when capenable is set to
disable.
Messages And Codes 221
Table 371. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
178 Invalid configuration. Attempting to set cap when hardware does not support setting.
179 Invalid Configuration Option. 180 Cannot execute command. Parameter is illegal because command sub-
function has been disabled or is unavailable. 181 Failed to report the removable flash media redundancy status. 182 Failed to report the Internal SD Module status. 183 Error locating the Virtual Media Key on the Modular system. 184 Error in setting the redundancy option for the Internal SD Modules. 185 Error in retrieving the redundancy option for the Internal SD Modules. 186 Error in setting the redundancy option on Modular systems for the
Internal SD Modules. 187 Error in retrieving the vFlash option. 188 Error in setting the vFlash option. 189 The set operation failed due to dependency. 190 The set operation failed because attribute is forced to a value. 191 Cannot disable this OrderedLists entries. 192 The set operation failed because system is busy now . Try again later. 193 New value for the token not valid. 194 Token not found. 195 The set operation failed because System Services and/or CSIOR disabled. 196 The set operation failed due to pending System Password changes. 197 The set operation failed due to Password verification failure. 198 The set operation failed due to previously scheduled job. 199 The set operation failed because attribute is suppressed. 200 The set operation failed due to Generic failure. 201 XML path context creation failed. 202 Unable to parse XML. 203 Unable to connect data manager. 204 'root' privileges required to execute this application. 205 Invalid alert destination. 206 The set operation failed due to unspecified error. 207 Incorrect syntax for help. For more information about a particular
command, use the option '-h or --help' followed by the command name. Example: %s -h --asset
208 System is busy now.Try again later. 209 The dependent option '%s' required for this subcommand should be
'enable'. 210 Some of the BIOS/IPMI tokens are ignored. See the log file (dtk.log) for
more information.
222 Messages And Codes
Table 371. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
211 Unsupported file name extension.Supported file name extension is XML 212 Unsupported file name extension.Supported file name extensions
are .ini, .log, .bat, .ids, .lst, and .txt.
Failures And Solutions
The following table lists the common SYSCFG failures and their solutions.
Table 372. SYSCFG Failures and Solutions
Failure Messages Solutions
Generic failure. Indicates iDRAC is in bad state. Reboot iDRAC.
New value not valid. Make sure the changed value is valid.
Cannot disable this orderedLists entries.
BIOS does not support enabling or disabling of a particular boot order object.
System busy, try again later. Retry as iDRAC is busy with internal processing.
Unable to connect iDRAC data manager.
Start data manager service using srvadmin_services (specific to Linux).
System Services and/or CSIOR disabled.
Enable CSIOR from
UPINIT Common Error Codes And Messages The UPINIT utility checks your commands for correct syntax. When you enter a command, a message is displayed stating the results of the command.
Failure Messages
The UPINIT utility failure messages provide error codes to help diagnose why some commands do not succeed. Table below lists error codes and messages common to Linux and Microsoft Windows PE environments.
Table 373. UPINIT Common Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
0 Dell Utility Partition created successfully. 1 Error: Disk ID not specified. 2 Error: SIZE not specified. 3 Error: Utility Partition Image file not specified. 4 Error: DRMK Path not specified. 5 Error: Dell Utility Partition already exits. Please use --overwrite
option to upgrade or overwrite. 6 Error: Partitions exists. Please clear all the partitions before running
upinit.sh. 7 Error: DOS file(s) not found at the specified path. 8 Error: UP IMAGE not found at the specified location. 9 Error: format failed.
Messages And Codes 223
Table 373. UPINIT Common Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
10 Error: Invalid size. Size should be a number between 32 and 2000. 11 Error: sysdrmk failed. 12 System Error. 13 Error: Invalid Argument:
UPINIT Linux-Specific Error Codes And Messages The list of error codes and messages are specific to the Linux environment.
Table 374. UPINIT Linux-Specific Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
31 Error: Invalid disk specified. 32 Error: Mount failed. 33 Cannot create mount point
UPINIT Windows PE-Specific Error Codes And Messages The list of error codes and messages below are specific to the Windows PE environment.
Table 375. UPINIT Windows PE-Specific Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
31 Error: DISKPART failed. 32 Error: DISKPART command file not found.
RAIDCFG Error Codes And Messages The RAIDCFG utility checks your commands for correct syntax when you enter them. When you enter a command, a message displays stating the results of the command.
Failure Messages
The RAIDCFG utility failure messages provide error codes to help diagnose why some commands do not succeed. See table below for a list of the error codes and the associated messages.
Table 376. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
0 RAIDCFG Command successful! 1 Error! Incorrect Syntax. 2 Failure!
224 Messages And Codes
Table 376. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
3 Illegal operation 4 Unsupported operation 5 Device not found. 6 Format boot drive illegal 7 Buffer too small. 8 Virtual Disk contains boot partition. Use force option to delete. 9 Init boot drive failed. 10 Format boot drive failed. 11 Cannot write boot drive. 12 Unsupported RAID value. 13 Invalid RAID configuration. 14 Span depth not in range. 15 RAID 1 failed. 16 Exactly 2 array disks are required to create a RAID 1 virtual disk. 17 Unsupported stripe size value. 18 RAID 5 only. 19 RAID 5 error. 20 A minimum of 3 array disks are required to create a RAID 5 virtual disk. 21 RAID 0 failed. 22 RAID 10 failed. 23 RAID 50 failed. 24 RAID 5 not supported. 25 RAID 50 not supported. 26 Size too small for given RAID type. 27 Wrong number of disks for RAID 1- concatenated. 28 Insufficient space to mirror disks. 29 Create Mirror not supported. 30 Disk in use. 31 Disk Lock operation failed. 32 Disk locked. 33 Disk Unlock operation failed. 34 Disk Unlocked. 35 Disk failed on rebuild. 36 Hot Spare not free. 37 Disk Diagnostic failed. 38 Disk Rebuild failed. 39 Disk Format failed.
Messages And Codes 225
Table 376. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
40 Cancel of Disk Diagnostic failed. 41 Cancel of Disk Rebuild failed. 42 Cancel of Disk Format failed 43 Assign Hot Spare failed 44 Disk too Small for Hot Spare. 45 Unassign Hot Spare failed. 46 Prepare Disk for Removal failed. 47 Disk Online failed. 48 Disk Offline failed. 49 UnMount Operation failed. 50 Mount Operation failed. 51 Cannot Format Array Disk. 52 Bad chunk size. 53 Invalid disk. 54 Virtual disk not found. 55 Virtual disk locked. 56 Drive in use. 57 Reached maximum physical size. 58 Reached maximum count of virtual disks. 59 There is not enough free space on the array disk(s) to allow the
operation to complete; the size of the virtual disk is too large; or communication to the array disk(s) has been lost.
60 Select the array disks that are part of a similar type of virtual disk (T10 protection and encryption capability) or the array disks that are not part of any virtual disks.
61 Invalid Parameter 62 Failed drive cannot be added. 63 The controller cannot support the number of array disks that you have
selected. Choose a smaller number. 64 Delete virtual disk failed. Controller busy. 65 Delete virtual disk failed. 66 Create virtual disk failed. 67 Create virtual disk failed. Controller busy. 68 Create virtual disk failed. Failed to map virtual disk to operating
system disk. 69 Create virtual disk failed. Failed to map virtual disk to operating
system disk. 70 Virtual disk initialization failed. 71 Virtual disk initialization failed. Controller busy. 72 Virtual disk reconstruction failed. Controller busy.
226 Messages And Codes
Table 376. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
73 Virtual disk resynching failed. Controller busy. 74 Flush Virtual disk's cache failed on controller. 75 Virtual disk partition specified not found. 76 Unsupported cache policy value. 77 Unsupported write policy value. 78 Unsupported read policy value. 79 Cancel initialization on virtual disk failed. 80 Cancel reconstruction on virtual disk failed. 81 Cancel resynchronization on virtual disk failed. 82 The maximum number of virtual disks that can be created has been
reached. 83 The new virtual disk must use only the remaining free space on the array
disks used in the last virtual disk you created. Select all array disks that are used in the last virtual disk you created.
84 You have selected an array disk that is in a degraded or failed state. Choose another array disk.
85 Delete the last created virtual disk first. 86 Virtual disk initialized for use and no override requested. 87 Virtual disk type requested is invalid for the attempted operation. 88 Virtual disk Move operation failed. Cannot rename, virtual disk is
already in use. 89 Failover invalid. 90 Virtual disk resynching. 91 Virtual disk resynch failed. 92 Virtual disk reconstruct failed. 93 Cannot format a virtual disk that contains a boot or system partition. 94 Cannot initialize a virtual disk that contains a boot or system
partition. 95 Virtual disk Copy failed. 96 Virtual disk mirror set required. 97 Virtual disk Create - Read-only failed. 98 Virtual disk Create - Read-write failed. 99 Virtual disk - Clear-to-zero failed. 100 Virtual Disk Requires Non Multilevel. 101 Virtual Disk Promote Operation failed. 102 Specified virtual disk has no drive letter assigned to it. 103 Cannot expose virtual disk. 104 Cannot reconfigure virtual disk. 105 Cannot stop the reconfiguration of the virtual disk. 106 SMART report count not supported.
Messages And Codes 227
Table 376. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
107 Operations on hidden virtual disks are not allowed. 108 Virtual disk is in use. 109 The virtual disk is in use. It cannot be reconfigured at this time. 110 Virtual disk operation is temporarily unavailable. Initialization in
progress. 111 Virtual disk operation is temporarily unavailable. Reconstruction in
progress. 112 Virtual disk operation is temporarily unavailable. Rebuild in progress. 113 Virtual disk operation is temporarily unavailable. Check consistency in
progress. 114 Specified virtual disk too small. 115 Virtual disk operation not supported. Size too small. 116 Operation is temporarily unavailable. Space in use. 117 Cannot reconfigure to the given RAID level. 118 Cannot reconfigure from current RAID level to the given RAID level. 119 One of the array disks selected for the virtual disk is already in use. 120 Virtual disk operation not supported. Cannot use non-RAID disk. 121 Controller Read Configuration failed. 122 Controller Write Configuration failed. 123 Controller cache flush failed. 124 Enable alarm on controller failed. 125 Disable alarm on controller failed. 126 Quiet alarm on controller failed. 127 Controller failed to perform the task. 128 Specified bus not found for controller. 129 Call to set cache mode on the controller failed. 130 Unexpected controller error. 131 Controller out of memory. 132 Invalid controller state. 133 Controller failed. 134 Controller busy. 135 Controller does not exist. 136 Controller name is invalid. 137 Controller is iterated. 138 Rename of virtual disk was not successful. 139 The controller was not able to erase the file system from the specified
virtual disk. 140 The controller was not able to add space to the specified concatenation
set.
228 Messages And Codes
Table 376. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
141 The controller was not able to get the status of the specified mirror set.
142 The controller was not able to set the requested failover space. 143 The controller cannot get the failover space information. 144 Controller cannot unmirror the specified virtual disk. 145 The controller could not split the specified virtual disk. 146 The controller could not lock the specified virtual disk. 147 Controller IO paused. 148 No controller parameter support. 149 Controller does not recognize parameter symbol. 150 Controller Battery Recondition failed. 151 Controller Get disk signature failed. 152 Controller Read Flags failed. 153 Controller Set Flags failed. 154 Controller Remove Snap Shot failed. 155 Controller not supported. 156 Controller device initialization failure. 157 Partner controller already opened readwrite. 158 No partner controller found. 159 The virtual disk is not valid for requested operation. 160 Cannot communicate with controller. 161 Set operation failed. 162 Operation to update error count of SMART device has failed. 163 Operation to clear error count of SMART device has failed. 164 Driver could not execute. 165 Cannot delete virtual disk. 166 Cannot set temperature probe. Invalid value entered. 167 Cannot set enclosure tag. Invalid value entered. 168 Cannot set enclosure alarm. 169 Temperature probe value out of range. 170 Cannot set cache mode. 172 Data will be lost on the secondary disk and a reboot will be forced. 173 Cluster Services (MSCS) is running. Deleting a virtual disk that
contains a cluster resource can result in unpredictable errors or system hangs (quorum disk). You should shut down cluster services before deleting cluster resources. Are you sure you want to proceed?
174 Cannot perform Create Virtual Disk or Delete Virtual Disk while the other server in a cluster is online. Please shut one of the servers down and retry the operation.
Messages And Codes 229
Table 376. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
176 Invalid array disks or failover drives selected for reconfigure/create operation. Please make sure that all array disks and failover drives associated with the virtual disk are selected.
177 The maximum number of partitions have already been created on one of the selected array disk(s). Each array disk can hold portions (partitions) of up to 10 virtual disks. This virtual disk cannot be created because one or more array disk(s) have reached the partition limit.
178 The virtual disk is in use. Please close any applications that use the virtual disk and unmount any file systems that reside on the virtual disk.
179 The firmware version is not supported. Please update the firmware from http://support.dell.com.
180 The specified device does not have enough free space to be used as failover space for the specified virtual disk.
181 The operation failed. Please rescan the controller and retry the operation.
182 The operation cannot be performed while a task is running on the specified virtual disk.
183 The specified virtual disk has no dead disk segments. 184 The operation cannot be performed at this time. The firmware can
recondition a battery that has a Degraded or Power Low state. The firmware will not recondition a battery that is functioning normally or that has a Ready, Failed or Missing state.
185 The version of the controller firmware installed on your system does not support this operation.
186 There are no disks of the correct type available to be assigned as a hot spare.
187 There are no disks of sufficient size available to be assigned as a hot spare.
188 There are no disks of the correct type and sufficient size available to be assigned as a hot spare.
189 The Create Virtual Disk task was successful but the operating system may not be aware of the new virtual disk.
191 The import of foreign configurations is complete. Some configurations could not be imported.
192 Enable alarm command failed. The enclosure processor is busy or a firmware download is in progress.
193 Disable alarm command failed. The enclosure processor is busy or a firmware download is in progress.
194 Quiet alarm command failed. The enclosure processor is busy or a firmware download is in progress.
195 An error occurred while resetting a temperature probe. 200 No array disks found! 201 Invalid Virtual Disk ID! 202 RAID Type & Size are required to create a virtual disk. Ensure that the
RAID type and the size are correct. 203 Invalid Environment command!
230 Messages And Codes
Table 376. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
204 File is not writable! 205 Setting Environment Variable Command failed! 206 Filename is not provided! 207 Invalid Strict option! Please provide a valid number between 1 and 100. 208 Span depth is not needed for this RAID type. 209 Array disk(s) cannot be part of virtual disk(s) and also be hotspares. 210 Cannot have silent and logfile switch with the same command. 211 Invalid array disk(s)! 212 Invalid failover disk(s)! 213 Creation of a virtual disk on this RAID controller requires the use of
the entire disk space of the array disks. The size or - sz parameter is not needed.
214 Invalid size given! size=max or -sz=max is not supported for this RAID controller.
215 The value given for envname or -envn is null or too long. 216 Invalid virtual disk size! 217 The strict option provided failed! Virtual disk is not created. 218 Unable to determine optimum size for Virtual disk. Ensure that the array
disks are of the same protocol (i.e. SAS, SATA, SCSI). If there is a mismatch of the array disks then the RAIDCFG will not be able to determine the optimum size. In addition, also ensure that there is drive size available for the specified virtual disk.
219 One or more array disks selected to create virtual disk or hotspare doesn't have enough disk space. Please make sure that all the array disks and failover drives selected have enough free space.
220 The number of array disks provided is incorrect for the requested RAID Type! RAID 1 requires exactly 2 array disks, RAID 5 requires at least 3 array disks, RAID 10 requires at least 4 array disks and RAID 50 requires at least 6 array disks.
221 No free array disks found! 222 No global failover disks found! 223 One or more array disks selected for the virtual disk has foreign
configuration. 224 Error in opening the file. 225 SAS 5/IR, SAS 6/IR, H200 and SW RAID requires atleast two physical disks
to create RAID 0 or RAID 1. 226 No Foreign configuration present in the controller. 227 The virtual disk cannot be created on the physical disks you selected.
Possible reasons include:unsupported mix of SAS and SATA protocol type disks, unsupported mix of SSD and HDD media disks.
228 Unsupported array disks selected for VD creation. 229 Setting stripe size is not supported in this controller.
Messages And Codes 231
Table 376. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
230 Invalid VirtualDisk(VD) name specified. VD name can have alphanumeric characters [A-Z,a-z,0-9,_,-] only. Also, VD name size must be less than or equal to 15 characters
231 Error occurred while setting virtual disk as boot disk. 232 Error occurred while setting name for virtual disk. 233 Couldn't get boot virtual disk. 234 PCIe Link Speed could not be set for the RAID controller. Please check
if the controller has the capability to set/change its PCIe link speed. 235 PCIe Link Speed can be set to either 2 or 3 i.e. PCIe Generation 2.0 or
3.0. 236 PCIe Link Speed could not be retrieved for this RAID controller.Please
check if the controller has the PCIe link speed capability. 237 Please reset the controller before doing any further operation. 238 Boot Mode can be set to 0 (BIOS stop on error), 1 (BIOS continue on
error), 2 (Headless continue on error) 239 Boot Mode could not be set for the RAID controller. 240 Enable Auto Import can be set to 0 (No) or 1 (Yes). 241 Cannot discard the preserved cache because a foreign configuration is
present on the controller. Use '-ignoreconfig' or '-igncfg' to discard the cache.
1000 Enable Auto Import property could not be set for the RAID controller. 1001 Invalid array disk list. 1002 Source or destination disk is in invalid state. Make sure that the
source disk is in online state, destination disk is in ready state, and the size of the destination disk is greater than or equal to the size of the source disk.
1003 Operation not allowed. Cannot set the array disk state to online. 1004 Operation not allowed. Cannot set the array disk state to offline. 1005 Invalid encrypted array disk list for the instant secure erase
operation. 1006 Sector drives 512B and 4KB must not be combined while creating a virtual
disk. 1007 Hot spare sector size for the virtual disk is not matching. 1008 sectorsize parameter is not found. 1009 Warning! Cannot assign global hotspare. Input array disk can act as a
hotspare only for virtual disks with matching sector size (4KB or 512B) and supported T10 PI capability. Use "-force" option to discard the warning.
1010 Force option is invalid for this operation on the specified controller. 1011 Input values for vdiskprotectioninfo and vdpi are 1 and 0. 1012 vdiskprotectioninfo or vdpi option is not available on the controller. 1013 Input array disks or hotspares are not PI-capable. 1014 Creation of RAID 10 virtual disk with Uneven Span failed.
232 Messages And Codes
Table 376. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
1015 Spanlength is not required for creating a RAID10 virtual disk on this controller.
1016 Unsupported operation. RAID 6 and RAID 60 virtual disks which are T10 PI enabled do not support Slow Initialize.
1017 Operation is not supported. The specified controller does not have encryption capability.
1018 Operation is not supported. Encryption key is not present on the specified controller.
1019 The specified array disks or hotspares do not have encryption capability.
1020 The specified controller does not have a locked foreign configuration. 1021 Invalid passphrase. 1022 Input values for secureflag and sf are 1 and 0. 1023 Unsupported operation. Preserved cache is not present on the controller. 1024 Invalide Key Id 1025 Encryption key is already set for the controller. 1026 Cannot delete the encryption key because secure virtual disk is
present. 1027 The passphrase is invalid or old. 1028 Cannot increase the virtual disk size due to lack of free space or due
to the presence of partial virtual disks on the same set of array disks. 1029 The percentage value of virtual disk size must be in the range 1-100. 1030 Error! Cannot discard the preserved cache. Use '-force' option to
discard the cache. 1031 Cannot create a new virtual disk because preserved cache is present on
the controller. To clear the cache, either import the related virtual disks or discard the cache.
1032 Unsupported RAID value. The expand virtual disk size operation is allowed only on RAID-0, RAID-1, RAID-5, and RAID-6.
1033 Unsupported file type. Supported file types are .ini, .log, and .txt.
RACADM Firmware Error Codes And Messages Table below lists RACADM firmware error codes and messages.
Table 377. RACADM Firmware Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
1 UNKNOWN COMMAND. 2 OUTPUT ERROR 3 TOO FEW ARGUMENTS 4 UNKNOWN PARAMETER 5 CAN'T LOCK RESOURCE 6 RESOURCE LOCKED
Messages And Codes 233
Table 377. RACADM Firmware Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
7 USER NOT IN DATABASE 8 WRONG PASSWORD 9 LOGIN INCORRECT 10 NOT ACCESSIBLE VIA TELNET CONNECTION 11 ACCESS DENIED 12 INVALID ARGUMENT 13 INVALID GROUP NAME 14 USER DATABASE FULL 15 CAN'T CHANGE FACTORY DEFAULT 16 USER ALREADY IN DATABASE 17 CLOSING TELNET CONNECTION 18 USER DATABASE NOT INITIALIZED 19 INVALID COMMAND SHELL CALL 20 INVALID INPUT FILE 21 TFTP ERROR 22 PCI ERROR 23 SERVER IS IN GRAPHICS MODE 24 SYSTEM DATE AND TIME NOT SET 25 OUT OF MEMORY 26 ACCESS LOCKED 27 PAGING ERROR 28 PAGING ALREADY IN PROGRESS 29 ERROR ACCESSING DEVICE 30 WRONG NUMBER OF ARGUMENTS 31 NO SCREEN FOR ASR STORED 32 CAN'T ADD HISTORY MONITOR 33 INVALID IDENTIFIER 34 CANNOT WRITE TO FLASH 35 FIRMWARE FILE INVALID 36 CANNOT READ REGISTER 37 CANNOT UNLOCK RESOURCE 38 TIME OUT 39 SERVER IN TEXT MODE 40 WRONG GRAPHICS MODE 41 CONFIG SPACE LOCKED 42 MASTER LOCKED 43 ASB BUS LOCKED
234 Messages And Codes
Table 377. RACADM Firmware Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
44 HISTORY MONITORS NOT YET AVAILABLE 45 NO VALID VALUE FOR THIS FIELD 46 DIAGNOSTIC TASK ERROR 47 DIAGNOSTIC TASK IS ALREADY RUNNING 48 NO DIAGNOSTIC TASK RUNNING 49 READ ONLY 50 SNARFING IS NOT AVAILABLE 51 TEXT RESOLUTION OF SERVER CHANGED 52 MODULE NOT LOADED 53 IPMI ERROR 54 ERROR IN DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
RACADM Utility Error Codes And Messages Table below lists RACADM utility error codes and messages.
Table 378. RACADM Error Codes and Messages
Error Code Message
513 An unknown failure occurred. 514 Librac library not initialized. 515 An invalid parameter was passed into function. 516 Invalid DRSTYPE specified. 517 Librac library already initialized. 518 Invalid transport type specified. 519 Invalid library user. 520 A connection to the RAC controller could not be established. 521 Failed to perform read operation with RAC controller. 522 Failed to perform write operation with RAC controller. 523 Invalid message ID. 524 Invalid message type. 525 Invalid response message. 526 Specified user buffer is too small to hold data. 527 Authentication failed - Invalid user name or password. 528 Invalid CHAP protocol response encountered. 529 CHAP buffer too small. 530 Timeout occurred. 531 Insufficient user privileges to perform operation. 532 TFTP write error encountered.
Messages And Codes 235
Table 378. RACADM Error Codes and Messages (continued)
Error Code Message
533 TFTP read error encountered. 534 TFTP local file write error encountered. 535 TFTP local file read error encountered. 536 TFTP write request failed. 537 TFTP read request failed. 538 Failed to open file. 539 Failed to load socket library. 540 Invalid socket library. 541 Unable to resolve HostName. 542 Failed to create socket. 543 Socket read operation failed. 544 Socket write operation failed. 545 Failed to create SSL context object. 546 Failed to create SSL BIO object. 547 Unable to create SSL socket connection. 548 Failed to initialize socket. 549 Failed to login to RAC successfully. 550 Invalid session ID specified. 551 Failed to logout from RAC successfully. 552 Command execution failed. 553 FTP Get operation failed. 554 FTP Put operation failed. 555 Failed to initialize FTP interface. 556 Failed to load SSL library. 557 Failed to initialize librac library. 558 Invalid session ID. 559 SpcmpObjectName failed. 560 SpcmpObjectIdGet failed. 561 SpcmpObjectIdSet failed. 562 Failed to send SPCMP message to RAC. 563 Invalid transport session info. 564 LAN Proxy error - please make sure your proxy settings are configured
correctly. 565 RAC service not currently installed. 566 RAC service is not started. 567 RAC service is starting. 568 RAC controller not present. 569 RAC controller is currently resetting.
236 Messages And Codes
BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages All possible Platform Event Filter (PEF) Alert Messages along with a description of each event are listed in the table below
Table 379. BMC PEF Alert Events
Event Description
Fan Probe Failure The fan is running too slow or not at all.
Voltage Probe Failure
The voltage is too low for proper operation.
Discrete Voltage Probe Failure
The voltage is too low for proper operation.
Temperature Probe Warning
The temperature is approaching excessively high or low limits.
Temperature Probe Failure
The temperature is either too high or too low for proper operation.
Chassis Intrusion Detected
The system chassis has been opened.
Redundancy (PS or Fan) Degraded
Redundancy for the fans and/or power supplies has been reduced.
Redundancy (PS or Fan) Lost
No redundancy remains for the system's fans and/or power supplies.
Processor Warning A processor is running at less than peak performance or speed.
Processor Failure A processor has failed.
PPS/VRM/DCtoDC Warning
The power supply, voltage regulator module, or DC-to-DC converter is pending a failure condition.
Power Supply/VRM/D2D Failure
The power supply, voltage regulator module, or DC-to-DC converter has failed.
Hardware log is full or emptied
Either an empty or a full hardware log requires administrator attention.
Automatic System Recovery
The system is hung or is not responding and is taking an action configured by Automatic System Recovery.
System Power Probe Warning
The system is setting actions when a power consumption probe detects a warning value.
System Power Probe Failure
The system is setting actions when a power consumption probe detects a failure value.
8
BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages 237
Sample File Formats This appendix lists the sample SYSCFG utility .ini, RAIDCFG utility .ini, and the RACADM utility .ini files.
Topics:
Sample SYSCFG Utility .ini File Format Sample RAIDCFG Utility .ini File Format Sample RACADM Utility .ini File Format
Sample SYSCFG Utility .ini File Format
[syscfg] ;SystemModelName=poweredge r620 ;SystemBiosVersion=0.3.16 ;SystemServiceTag=MDN2345 ;SystemManufacturer=dell inc. ;SysMfrContactInfo=www.dell.com ;SysMemSize=4.0 gb ;SysMemType=ecc ddr3 ;SysMemSpeed=1067 mhz ;SysMemVolt=1.35v ;VideoMem=16 mb MemTest=enable MemOpMode=adveccmode ;NodeInterleave=disable SerialDbgOut=disable LogicalProc=enable QpiSpeed=maxdatarate ProcVirtualization=enable ProcAdjCacheLine=enable ProcHwPrefetcher=enable DcuStreamerPrefetcher=enable DcuIpPrefetcher=enable ProcExecuteDisable=enable ProcCores=all ;Proc64bit=yes ;ProcCoreSpeed=2.30 ghz ;Proc1Id=06-2d-2 ;Proc1Brand=[genuine intel(r) cpu @ 2.30ghz ] ;Proc1L2Cache=8x256 kb ;Proc1L3Cache=20 mb ;Proc1NumCores=8 EmbSata=ahcimode ;SataPortE=auto ;SataPortEModel=unknown ;SataPortEDriveType=unknown device ;SataPortECapacity=n/a ;SataPortF=auto ;SataPortFModel=unknown ;SataPortFDriveType=unknown device ;SataPortFCapacity=n/a BootMode=bios BootSeqRetry=disable IntegratedRaid=enable UsbPorts=allon InternalUsb=on IntegratedNetwork1=enable OsWatchdogTimer=disable IoatEngine=disable ;EmbVideo=enable
9
238 Sample File Formats
SriovGlobalEnable=disable SerialComm=onnoconredir SerialPortAddress=serial1com1serial2com2 ExtSerialConnector=serial1 FailSafeBaud=115200 ConTermType=vt100vt220 RedirAfterBoot=enable SysProfile=perfperwattoptimizeddapc ;ProcPwrPerf=sysdbpm ;MemFrequency=maxperf ;ProcTurboMode=enable ;ProcC1E=enable ;ProcCStates=enable ;MemPatrolScrub=standard ;MemRefreshRate=1x ;MemVolt=autovolt ;AesNi=enable PasswordStatus=unlocked TpmSecurity=off ;TpmActivation=nochange ;TpmClear=no ;IntelTxt=off LocalBiosUpdateSupport=enable PwrButton=enable NmiButton=enable AcPwrRcvry=last AcPwrRcvryDelay=immediate ;AcPwrRcvryUserDelay=60 AssetTag= NumLock=on ReportKbdErr=report ErrPrompt=enable Characterization=enable BootSeq=Floppy.iDRACVirtual.1- 1,Optical.iDRACVirtual.1-1 ;UefiBootSeq=NIC.Integrated.1-1-1,NIC.Integrated.1-2- 1,NIC.Integrated.1-3-1,NIC.Integrated.1-4- 1,Optical.iDRACVirtual.1-1,Floppy.iDRACVirtual.1-1 OneTimeBootMode=disable ;OneTimeBootSeqDev=floppy.idracvirtual.1-1 ;OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev=nic.integrated.1-1-1 Slot1=enable Slot2=enable Slot3=enable extserial=com1 lancfgparams alertdest=1 destipaddr=0.0.0.0 lancfgparams alertdest=2 destipaddr=0.0.0.0 lancfgparams alertdest=3 destipaddr=0.0.0.0 lancfgparams alertdest=4 destipaddr=0.0.0.0 commstring=public ;gateway=10.94.132.1 ;ipaddress=10.94.132.131 ipaddrsrc=dhcp nicselection=dedicated autoneg=enable dnsserver1=0.0.0.0 dnsserver2=0.0.0.0 dnsdhcp=disable dnsracname=idrac dnsregisterrac=disable domainname= domainnamednsdhcp=disable fullduplex=enable speed=100Mbps ;subnetmask=255.255.255.0
Sample File Formats 239
vlanid=1 vlanpriority=0 vlantag=disable lancfgparamsv6 ;dnssrcv6=static ;gatewayv6=:: ;ipv6address1=:: ipv6=disable ;ipaddrv6=:: ;ipsrcv6=auto ;linklocaladdrv6=:: ;prefixlengthv6=0 ;dnsserver1v6=:: ;dnsserver2v6=:: ;ipv6address2=:: lanchannelaccess ipmioverlan=alwaysavail channelprivlmt=administrator pefalerting=disable lanuseraccess userid=2 usrprivlmt=administrator lanuseraccess userid=3 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=4 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=5 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=6 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=7 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=8 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=9 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=10 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=11 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=12 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=13 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=14 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=15 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=16 usrprivlmt=noaccess lcd=servicetag nmibutton=enable pefcfgparams alertpolnum=1 alertpolstatus=disable pefcfgparams alertpolnum=2 alertpolstatus=disable pefcfgparams
240 Sample File Formats
alertpolnum=3 alertpolstatus=disable pefcfgparams alertpolnum=4 alertpolstatus=disable pefcfgparams filter=fanfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=discretevoltfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=tempwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=tempfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=intrusion filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=redundegraded filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=redunlost filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=procwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=procfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=powerwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=powerfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=hardwarelogfail filteralert=enable pefcfgparams filter=autorecovery filteralert=enable pefcfgparams filter=procabsent filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=powerabsent filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=batterywarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=batteryfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=systempowerwarn
Sample File Formats 241
filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=systempowerfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=discretesdcardfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=discretesdcardpresent filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=discretesdcardwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=ripsfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=ripsoffline filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=ripsredundancylost filteralert=enable filteraction=none hostname= powerbutton=enable serialcfgparams connectionmode=basic msgcommbitrate=19200 msgcommflowctrl=noflowctrl tmcfgdelctrl=del tmcfgechoctrl=echo tmcfghandshakectrl=enable tmcfginputnewlineseq=cr tmcfglineediting=enable tmcfgnewlineseq=crlf serialchannelaccess ipmioverserial=alwaysavail channelprivlmt=administrator serialuseraccess userid=2 usrprivlmt=administrator serialuseraccess userid=3 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=4 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=5 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=6 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=7 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=8 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=9 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=10 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess
242 Sample File Formats
userid=11 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=12 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=13 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=14 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=15 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=16 usrprivlmt=noaccess solaction userid=2 action=enable solaction userid=3 action=disable solaction userid=4 action=disable solaction userid=5 action=disable solaction userid=6 action=disable solaction userid=7 action=disable solaction userid=8 action=disable solaction userid=9 action=disable solaction userid=10 action=disable solaction userid=11 action=disable solaction userid=12 action=disable solaction userid=13 action=disable solaction userid=14 action=disable solaction userid=15 action=disable solaction userid=16 action=disable solcfgparams solbitrate=115200 solcharaccuminterval=10 solcharsendthreshold=255 solenable=enable solprivlevel=administrator sysid=04CE sysname=PowerEdge R620 useraction userid=2 action=enable
Sample File Formats 243
useraction userid=3 action=disable useraction userid=4 action=disable useraction userid=5 action=disable useraction userid=6 action=disable useraction userid=7 action=disable useraction userid=8 action=disable useraction userid=9 action=disable useraction userid=10 action=disable useraction userid=11 action=disable useraction userid=12 action=disable useraction userid=13 action=disable useraction userid=14 action=disable useraction userid=15 action=disable useraction userid=16 action=disable username userid=2 name=root username userid=3 name=NULL username userid=4 name=NULL username userid=5 name=NULL username userid=6 name=NULL username userid=7 name=NULL username userid=8 name=NULL username userid=9 name=NULL username userid=10 name=NULL username userid=11 name=NULL username
244 Sample File Formats
userid=12 name=NULL username userid=13 name=NULL username userid=14 name=NULL username userid=15 name=NULL username userid=16 name=NULL ;uuid=44454C4C4400104E8032CDC04F333435 virtualmedia=auto
Sample RAIDCFG Utility .ini File Format
[Reset] controllerid=1,2,3,6 [vdisk0] controllerid=4 size=139392 raid=1 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wb stripesize=64 cachepolicy=d adisk=0:1:1,0:0:1 [vdisk1] controllerid=4 size=139392 raid=1 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wb stripesize=64 cachepolicy=c adisk=0:3:1,0:2:1 [vdisk2] controllerid=2 size=278784 raid=0 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wb stripesize=64 cachepolicy=d adisk=0:5:1,0:4:1 failoverdrive=0:9:1 [vdisk3] controllerid=4 size=278784 raid=5 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wb stripesize=64 cachepolicy=c adisk=0:8:1,0:7:1,0:6:1 [GlobalHotspare0] controllerid=0 failoverdrive=0:8:0
Sample RACADM Utility .ini File Format
[idRacInfo] #idRacType=0x05
Sample File Formats 245
#idRacProductInfo=Dell Remote Access Controller 5 #idRacDescriptionInfo=This system component provides a complete set of #remote management functions for Dell PowerEdge servers. #idRacVersionInfo=1.20 (Build 01.17) idRacName=DRAC 5 idRacMisc= [cfgLanNetworking] cfgNicEnable=1 cfgNicIpAddress=10.98.8.121 cfgNicNetmask=255.255.255.0 cfgNicGateway=192.168.0.1 cfgNicUseDhcp=0 #cfgNicMacAddress=00:11:43:34:5f:4a cfgDNSServersFromDHCP=0 cfgDNSServer1=192.168.0.5 cfgDNSServer2=192.168.0.6 cfgDNSRegisterRac=0 cfgDNSRacName=RAC-HHS7C1S cfgDNSDomainNameFromDHCP=0 cfgDNSDomainName=MYDOMAIN [cfgCurrentLanNetworking] #cfgNicCurrentIpAddress=10.98.8.121 #cfgNicCurrentNetmask=255.255.255.0 #cfgNicCurrentGateway=192.168.0.1 #cfgNicCurrentDhcpWasUsed=0 #cfgDNSCurrentDhcpWasUsed=0 #cfgDNSCurrentServer1=192.168.0.5 #cfgDNSCurrentServer2=192.168.0.6 #cfgDNSCurrentDomainName=MYDOMAIN [cfgRemoteHosts] cfgRhostsSmtpEmailEnable=1 cfgRhostsFwUpdateTftpEnable=1 cfgRhostsSmtpServerIpAddr=127.0.0.1 cfgRhostsFwUpdateIpAddr=192.168.0.4 cfgRhostsFwUpdatePath= [cfgUserAdmin] #cfgUserAdminIndex=1 cfgUserAdminUserName=root #cfgUserAdminPassword= cfgUserAdminPrivilege=0 cfgUserAdminAlertFilterRacEventMask=0x300000 cfgUserAdminAlertFilterSysEventMask=0x77777 cfgUserAdminEmailEnable=0 cfgUserAdminEmailAddress= cfgUserAdminEmailCustomMsg= [cfgSessionManagement] cfgSsnMgtMaxSessions=0x4 cfgSsnMgtMaxSessionsPerUser=0x4 [cfgSerial] cfgSerialBaudRate=115200 cfgSerialConsoleEnable=0 cfgSerialConsoleQuitKey=
246 Sample File Formats
[cfgOobSnmp] cfgOobSnmpTrapsEnable=1 cfgOobSnmpAgentEnable=1 cfgOobSnmpAgentCommunity=public [cfgRacTuning] cfgRacTuneFwUpdateResetDelay=0x46 cfgRacTuneD3debugEnable=1 cfgRacTuneRemoteRacadmEnable=1 cfgRacTuneHostCom2BaudRate=57600 cfgRacTuneHttpPort=0x50 cfgRacTuneHttpsPort=0x1bb cfgRacTuneTelnetPort=0x17 cfgRacTuneConRedirPort=0x170c [ifcRacManagedNodeOs] ifcRacMnOsHostname=(none) ifcRacMnOsOsName=Linux 2.4.21-20.ELIhugemem ifcRacMnOsOsType=0x2 [cfgRacSecurity] cfgRacSecCsrKeySize=0x400 cfgRacSecCsrCommonName= cfgRacSecCsrOrganizationName= cfgRacSecCsrOrganizationUnit= cfgRacSecCsrLocalityName= cfgRacSecCsrStateName= cfgRacSecCsrCountryCode= cfgRacSecCsrEmailAddr= [
Related manuals for Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.0.1 Software Command Line Reference Guide
Manualsnet FAQs
If you want to find out how the OpenManage Connection Dell works, you can view and download the Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.0.1 Software Command Line Reference Guide on the Manualsnet website.
Yes, we have the Command Line Reference Guide for Dell OpenManage Connection as well as other Dell manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.
The Command Line Reference Guide should include all the details that are needed to use a Dell OpenManage Connection. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.
The best way to navigate the Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.0.1 Software Command Line Reference Guide is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.
This Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.0.1 Software Command Line Reference Guide consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.
You can download Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.0.1 Software Command Line Reference Guide free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.
To be able to print Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.0.1 Software Command Line Reference Guide, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.0.1 Software Command Line Reference Guide as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.